|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * misc2.c: Various functions.
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
15 #ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
|
|
|
16 # include <fcntl.h> /* for chdir() */
|
|
|
17 #endif
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
19 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
20 static int coladvance2 __ARGS((pos_T *pos, int addspaces, int finetune, colnr_T wcol));
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 /*
|
|
|
23 * Return TRUE if in the current mode we need to use virtual.
|
|
|
24 */
|
|
|
25 int
|
|
|
26 virtual_active()
|
|
|
27 {
|
|
|
28 /* While an operator is being executed we return "virtual_op", because
|
|
|
29 * VIsual_active has already been reset, thus we can't check for "block"
|
|
|
30 * being used. */
|
|
|
31 if (virtual_op != MAYBE)
|
|
|
32 return virtual_op;
|
|
|
33 return (ve_flags == VE_ALL
|
|
|
34 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
35 || ((ve_flags & VE_BLOCK) && VIsual_active && VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
|
|
|
36 # endif
|
|
|
37 || ((ve_flags & VE_INSERT) && (State & INSERT)));
|
|
|
38 }
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
40 /*
|
|
|
41 * Get the screen position of the cursor.
|
|
|
42 */
|
|
|
43 int
|
|
|
44 getviscol()
|
|
|
45 {
|
|
|
46 colnr_T x;
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
48 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &x, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
49 return (int)x;
|
|
|
50 }
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
52 /*
|
|
|
53 * Get the screen position of character col with a coladd in the cursor line.
|
|
|
54 */
|
|
|
55 int
|
|
|
56 getviscol2(col, coladd)
|
|
|
57 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
58 colnr_T coladd;
|
|
|
59 {
|
|
|
60 colnr_T x;
|
|
|
61 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
63 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
64 pos.col = col;
|
|
|
65 pos.coladd = coladd;
|
|
|
66 getvvcol(curwin, &pos, &x, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
67 return (int)x;
|
|
|
68 }
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
70 /*
|
|
|
71 * Go to column "wcol", and add/insert white space as neccessary to get the
|
|
|
72 * cursor in that column.
|
|
|
73 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo!
|
|
|
74 */
|
|
|
75 int
|
|
|
76 coladvance_force(wcol)
|
|
|
77 colnr_T wcol;
|
|
|
78 {
|
|
|
79 int rc = coladvance2(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, FALSE, wcol);
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
81 if (wcol == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
82 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
|
83 else
|
|
|
84 {
|
|
|
85 /* Virtcol is valid */
|
|
|
86 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
|
87 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol;
|
|
|
88 }
|
|
|
89 return rc;
|
|
|
90 }
|
|
|
91 #endif
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
93 /*
|
|
|
94 * Try to advance the Cursor to the specified screen column.
|
|
|
95 * If virtual editing: fine tune the cursor position.
|
|
|
96 * Note that all virtual positions off the end of a line should share
|
|
|
97 * a curwin->w_cursor.col value (n.b. this is equal to STRLEN(line)),
|
|
|
98 * beginning at coladd 0.
|
|
|
99 *
|
|
|
100 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not
|
|
|
101 */
|
|
|
102 int
|
|
|
103 coladvance(wcol)
|
|
|
104 colnr_T wcol;
|
|
|
105 {
|
|
|
106 int rc = getvpos(&curwin->w_cursor, wcol);
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
108 if (wcol == MAXCOL || rc == FAIL)
|
|
|
109 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
44
|
110 else if (*ml_get_cursor() != TAB)
|
|
7
|
111 {
|
|
44
|
112 /* Virtcol is valid when not on a TAB */
|
|
7
|
113 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
|
114 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol;
|
|
|
115 }
|
|
|
116 return rc;
|
|
|
117 }
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
119 /*
|
|
|
120 * Return in "pos" the position of the cursor advanced to screen column "wcol".
|
|
|
121 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not
|
|
|
122 */
|
|
|
123 int
|
|
|
124 getvpos(pos, wcol)
|
|
|
125 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
126 colnr_T wcol;
|
|
|
127 {
|
|
|
128 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
129 return coladvance2(pos, FALSE, virtual_active(), wcol);
|
|
|
130 }
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
132 static int
|
|
|
133 coladvance2(pos, addspaces, finetune, wcol)
|
|
|
134 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
135 int addspaces; /* change the text to achieve our goal? */
|
|
|
136 int finetune; /* change char offset for the excact column */
|
|
|
137 colnr_T wcol; /* column to move to */
|
|
|
138 {
|
|
|
139 #endif
|
|
|
140 int idx;
|
|
|
141 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
142 char_u *line;
|
|
|
143 colnr_T col = 0;
|
|
|
144 int csize = 0;
|
|
|
145 int one_more;
|
|
|
146 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
147 int head = 0;
|
|
|
148 #endif
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
150 one_more = (State & INSERT) || restart_edit != NUL
|
|
|
151 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
152 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o')
|
|
|
153 #endif
|
|
|
154 ;
|
|
|
155 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
157 if (wcol >= MAXCOL)
|
|
|
158 {
|
|
|
159 idx = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1 + one_more;
|
|
|
160 col = wcol;
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
162 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
163 if ((addspaces || finetune) && !VIsual_active)
|
|
|
164 {
|
|
|
165 curwin->w_curswant = linetabsize(line) + one_more;
|
|
|
166 if (curwin->w_curswant > 0)
|
|
|
167 --curwin->w_curswant;
|
|
|
168 }
|
|
|
169 #endif
|
|
|
170 }
|
|
|
171 else
|
|
|
172 {
|
|
|
173 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
174 int width = W_WIDTH(curwin) - win_col_off(curwin);
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
176 if ((addspaces || finetune)
|
|
|
177 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
178 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
179 && curwin->w_width != 0
|
|
|
180 # endif
|
|
|
181 && wcol >= (colnr_T)width)
|
|
|
182 {
|
|
|
183 csize = linetabsize(line);
|
|
|
184 if (csize > 0)
|
|
|
185 csize--;
|
|
|
186
|
|
|
187 if (wcol / width > (colnr_T)csize / width)
|
|
|
188 {
|
|
|
189 /* In case of line wrapping don't move the cursor beyond the
|
|
|
190 * right screen edge. */
|
|
|
191 wcol = (csize / width + 1) * width - 1;
|
|
|
192 }
|
|
|
193 }
|
|
|
194 #endif
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
196 idx = -1;
|
|
|
197 ptr = line;
|
|
|
198 while (col <= wcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
199 {
|
|
|
200 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */
|
|
|
201 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
202 csize = win_lbr_chartabsize(curwin, ptr, col, &head);
|
|
39
|
203 mb_ptr_adv(ptr);
|
|
7
|
204 #else
|
|
|
205 csize = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, col);
|
|
|
206 #endif
|
|
|
207 col += csize;
|
|
|
208 }
|
|
|
209 idx = (int)(ptr - line);
|
|
|
210 /*
|
|
|
211 * Handle all the special cases. The virtual_active() check
|
|
|
212 * is needed to ensure that a virtual position off the end of
|
|
|
213 * a line has the correct indexing. The one_more comparison
|
|
|
214 * replaces an explicit add of one_more later on.
|
|
|
215 */
|
|
|
216 if (col > wcol || (!virtual_active() && one_more == 0))
|
|
|
217 {
|
|
|
218 idx -= 1;
|
|
|
219 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
220 /* Don't count the chars from 'showbreak'. */
|
|
|
221 csize -= head;
|
|
|
222 # endif
|
|
|
223 col -= csize;
|
|
|
224 }
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
226 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
227 if (virtual_active()
|
|
|
228 && addspaces
|
|
|
229 && ((col != wcol && col != wcol + 1) || csize > 1))
|
|
|
230 {
|
|
|
231 /* 'virtualedit' is set: The difference between wcol and col is
|
|
|
232 * filled with spaces. */
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
234 if (line[idx] == NUL)
|
|
|
235 {
|
|
|
236 /* Append spaces */
|
|
|
237 int correct = wcol - col;
|
|
|
238 char_u *newline = alloc(idx + correct + 1);
|
|
|
239 int t;
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
241 if (newline == NULL)
|
|
|
242 return FAIL;
|
|
|
243
|
|
|
244 for (t = 0; t < idx; ++t)
|
|
|
245 newline[t] = line[t];
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
247 for (t = 0; t < correct; ++t)
|
|
|
248 newline[t + idx] = ' ';
|
|
|
249
|
|
|
250 newline[idx + correct] = NUL;
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
252 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE);
|
|
|
253 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, (colnr_T)idx);
|
|
|
254 idx += correct;
|
|
|
255 col = wcol;
|
|
|
256 }
|
|
|
257 else
|
|
|
258 {
|
|
|
259 /* Break a tab */
|
|
|
260 int linelen = (int)STRLEN(line);
|
|
|
261 int correct = wcol - col - csize + 1; /* negative!! */
|
|
|
262 char_u *newline = alloc(linelen + csize);
|
|
|
263 int t, s = 0;
|
|
|
264 int v;
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
266 /*
|
|
|
267 * break a tab
|
|
|
268 */
|
|
|
269 if (newline == NULL || -correct > csize)
|
|
|
270 return FAIL;
|
|
|
271
|
|
|
272 for (t = 0; t < linelen; t++)
|
|
|
273 {
|
|
|
274 if (t != idx)
|
|
|
275 newline[s++] = line[t];
|
|
|
276 else
|
|
|
277 for (v = 0; v < csize; v++)
|
|
|
278 newline[s++] = ' ';
|
|
|
279 }
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
281 newline[linelen + csize - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
283 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE);
|
|
|
284 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, idx);
|
|
|
285 idx += (csize - 1 + correct);
|
|
|
286 col += correct;
|
|
|
287 }
|
|
|
288 }
|
|
|
289 #endif
|
|
|
290 }
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
292 if (idx < 0)
|
|
|
293 pos->col = 0;
|
|
|
294 else
|
|
|
295 pos->col = idx;
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
297 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
298 pos->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
300 if (finetune)
|
|
|
301 {
|
|
|
302 if (wcol == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
303 {
|
|
|
304 /* The width of the last character is used to set coladd. */
|
|
|
305 if (!one_more)
|
|
|
306 {
|
|
|
307 colnr_T scol, ecol;
|
|
|
308
|
|
|
309 getvcol(curwin, pos, &scol, NULL, &ecol);
|
|
|
310 pos->coladd = ecol - scol;
|
|
|
311 }
|
|
|
312 }
|
|
|
313 else
|
|
|
314 {
|
|
|
315 int b = (int)wcol - (int)col;
|
|
|
316
|
|
|
317 /* The difference between wcol and col is used to set coladd. */
|
|
|
318 if (b > 0 && b < (MAXCOL - 2 * W_WIDTH(curwin)))
|
|
|
319 pos->coladd = b;
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
321 col += b;
|
|
|
322 }
|
|
|
323 }
|
|
|
324 #endif
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
326 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
327 /* prevent cursor from moving on the trail byte */
|
|
|
328 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
329 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
330 #endif
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
332 if (col < wcol)
|
|
|
333 return FAIL;
|
|
|
334 return OK;
|
|
|
335 }
|
|
|
336
|
|
|
337 /*
|
|
|
338 * inc(p)
|
|
|
339 *
|
|
|
340 * Increment the line pointer 'p' crossing line boundaries as necessary.
|
|
|
341 * Return 1 when going to the next line.
|
|
|
342 * Return 2 when moving forward onto a NUL at the end of the line).
|
|
|
343 * Return -1 when at the end of file.
|
|
|
344 * Return 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
345 */
|
|
|
346 int
|
|
|
347 inc_cursor()
|
|
|
348 {
|
|
|
349 return inc(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
350 }
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
352 int
|
|
|
353 inc(lp)
|
|
|
354 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
355 {
|
|
|
356 char_u *p = ml_get_pos(lp);
|
|
|
357
|
|
|
358 if (*p != NUL) /* still within line, move to next char (may be NUL) */
|
|
|
359 {
|
|
|
360 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
361 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
362 {
|
|
|
363 int l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p);
|
|
|
364
|
|
|
365 lp->col += l;
|
|
|
366 return ((p[l] != NUL) ? 0 : 2);
|
|
|
367 }
|
|
|
368 #endif
|
|
|
369 lp->col++;
|
|
|
370 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
371 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
372 #endif
|
|
|
373 return ((p[1] != NUL) ? 0 : 2);
|
|
|
374 }
|
|
|
375 if (lp->lnum != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) /* there is a next line */
|
|
|
376 {
|
|
|
377 lp->col = 0;
|
|
|
378 lp->lnum++;
|
|
|
379 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
380 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
381 #endif
|
|
|
382 return 1;
|
|
|
383 }
|
|
|
384 return -1;
|
|
|
385 }
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
387 /*
|
|
|
388 * incl(lp): same as inc(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines
|
|
|
389 */
|
|
|
390 int
|
|
|
391 incl(lp)
|
|
|
392 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
393 {
|
|
|
394 int r;
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
396 if ((r = inc(lp)) >= 1 && lp->col)
|
|
|
397 r = inc(lp);
|
|
|
398 return r;
|
|
|
399 }
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
401 /*
|
|
|
402 * dec(p)
|
|
|
403 *
|
|
|
404 * Decrement the line pointer 'p' crossing line boundaries as necessary.
|
|
|
405 * Return 1 when crossing a line, -1 when at start of file, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
406 */
|
|
|
407 int
|
|
|
408 dec_cursor()
|
|
|
409 {
|
|
|
410 return dec(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
411 }
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
413 int
|
|
|
414 dec(lp)
|
|
|
415 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
416 {
|
|
|
417 char_u *p;
|
|
|
418
|
|
|
419 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
420 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
421 #endif
|
|
|
422 if (lp->col > 0) /* still within line */
|
|
|
423 {
|
|
|
424 lp->col--;
|
|
|
425 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
426 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
427 {
|
|
|
428 p = ml_get(lp->lnum);
|
|
|
429 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col);
|
|
|
430 }
|
|
|
431 #endif
|
|
|
432 return 0;
|
|
|
433 }
|
|
|
434 if (lp->lnum > 1) /* there is a prior line */
|
|
|
435 {
|
|
|
436 lp->lnum--;
|
|
|
437 p = ml_get(lp->lnum);
|
|
|
438 lp->col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
439 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
440 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
441 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col);
|
|
|
442 #endif
|
|
|
443 return 1;
|
|
|
444 }
|
|
|
445 return -1; /* at start of file */
|
|
|
446 }
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
448 /*
|
|
|
449 * decl(lp): same as dec(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines
|
|
|
450 */
|
|
|
451 int
|
|
|
452 decl(lp)
|
|
|
453 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
454 {
|
|
|
455 int r;
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
457 if ((r = dec(lp)) == 1 && lp->col)
|
|
|
458 r = dec(lp);
|
|
|
459 return r;
|
|
|
460 }
|
|
|
461
|
|
|
462 /*
|
|
|
463 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.lnum is valid.
|
|
|
464 */
|
|
|
465 void
|
|
|
466 check_cursor_lnum()
|
|
|
467 {
|
|
|
468 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
469 {
|
|
|
470 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
471 /* If there is a closed fold at the end of the file, put the cursor in
|
|
|
472 * its first line. Otherwise in the last line. */
|
|
|
473 if (!hasFolding(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count,
|
|
|
474 &curwin->w_cursor.lnum, NULL))
|
|
|
475 #endif
|
|
|
476 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
477 }
|
|
|
478 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= 0)
|
|
|
479 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
480 }
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
482 /*
|
|
|
483 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.col is valid.
|
|
|
484 */
|
|
|
485 void
|
|
|
486 check_cursor_col()
|
|
|
487 {
|
|
|
488 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
489 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
490 colnr_T oldcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
491 #endif
|
|
|
492
|
|
|
493 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
494 if (len == 0)
|
|
|
495 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
496 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col >= len)
|
|
|
497 {
|
|
|
498 /* Allow cursor past end-of-line in Insert mode, restarting Insert
|
|
|
499 * mode or when in Visual mode and 'selection' isn't "old" */
|
|
|
500 if (State & INSERT || restart_edit
|
|
|
501 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
502 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o')
|
|
|
503 #endif
|
|
|
504 || virtual_active())
|
|
|
505 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
506 else
|
|
|
507 curwin->w_cursor.col = len - 1;
|
|
|
508 }
|
|
|
509
|
|
|
510 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
511 /* If virtual editing is on, we can leave the cursor on the old position,
|
|
|
512 * only we must set it to virtual. But don't do it when at the end of the
|
|
|
513 * line. */
|
|
|
514 if (oldcol == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
515 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
516 else if (ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
517 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = oldcol - curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
518 #endif
|
|
|
519 }
|
|
|
520
|
|
|
521 /*
|
|
|
522 * make sure curwin->w_cursor in on a valid character
|
|
|
523 */
|
|
|
524 void
|
|
|
525 check_cursor()
|
|
|
526 {
|
|
|
527 check_cursor_lnum();
|
|
|
528 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
529 }
|
|
|
530
|
|
|
531 #if defined(FEAT_TEXTOBJ) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
532 /*
|
|
|
533 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor is not on the NUL at the end of the line.
|
|
|
534 * Allow it when in Visual mode and 'selection' is not "old".
|
|
|
535 */
|
|
|
536 void
|
|
|
537 adjust_cursor_col()
|
|
|
538 {
|
|
|
539 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
540 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
541 && (!VIsual_active || *p_sel == 'o')
|
|
|
542 # endif
|
|
|
543 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
544 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
545 }
|
|
|
546 #endif
|
|
|
547
|
|
|
548 /*
|
|
|
549 * When curwin->w_leftcol has changed, adjust the cursor position.
|
|
|
550 * Return TRUE if the cursor was moved.
|
|
|
551 */
|
|
|
552 int
|
|
|
553 leftcol_changed()
|
|
|
554 {
|
|
|
555 long lastcol;
|
|
|
556 colnr_T s, e;
|
|
|
557 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
558
|
|
|
559 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
560 lastcol = curwin->w_leftcol + W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin_col_off() - 1;
|
|
|
561 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
562
|
|
|
563 /*
|
|
|
564 * If the cursor is right or left of the screen, move it to last or first
|
|
|
565 * character.
|
|
|
566 */
|
|
|
567 if (curwin->w_virtcol > (colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso))
|
|
|
568 {
|
|
|
569 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
570 coladvance((colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso));
|
|
|
571 }
|
|
|
572 else if (curwin->w_virtcol < curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso)
|
|
|
573 {
|
|
|
574 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
575 (void)coladvance((colnr_T)(curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso));
|
|
|
576 }
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
578 /*
|
|
|
579 * If the start of the character under the cursor is not on the screen,
|
|
|
580 * advance the cursor one more char. If this fails (last char of the
|
|
|
581 * line) adjust the scrolling.
|
|
|
582 */
|
|
|
583 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &s, NULL, &e);
|
|
|
584 if (e > (colnr_T)lastcol)
|
|
|
585 {
|
|
|
586 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
587 coladvance(s - 1);
|
|
|
588 }
|
|
|
589 else if (s < curwin->w_leftcol)
|
|
|
590 {
|
|
|
591 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
592 if (coladvance(e + 1) == FAIL) /* there isn't another character */
|
|
|
593 {
|
|
|
594 curwin->w_leftcol = s; /* adjust w_leftcol instead */
|
|
|
595 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
596 }
|
|
|
597 }
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
599 if (retval)
|
|
|
600 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
601 redraw_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
602 return retval;
|
|
|
603 }
|
|
|
604
|
|
|
605 /**********************************************************************
|
|
|
606 * Various routines dealing with allocation and deallocation of memory.
|
|
|
607 */
|
|
|
608
|
|
|
609 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
611 # define MEM_SIZES 8200
|
|
|
612 static long_u mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES];
|
|
|
613 static long_u mem_frees[MEM_SIZES];
|
|
|
614 static long_u mem_allocated;
|
|
|
615 static long_u mem_freed;
|
|
|
616 static long_u mem_peak;
|
|
|
617 static long_u num_alloc;
|
|
|
618 static long_u num_freed;
|
|
|
619
|
|
|
620 static void mem_pre_alloc_s __ARGS((size_t *sizep));
|
|
|
621 static void mem_pre_alloc_l __ARGS((long_u *sizep));
|
|
|
622 static void mem_post_alloc __ARGS((void **pp, size_t size));
|
|
|
623 static void mem_pre_free __ARGS((void **pp));
|
|
|
624
|
|
|
625 static void
|
|
|
626 mem_pre_alloc_s(sizep)
|
|
|
627 size_t *sizep;
|
|
|
628 {
|
|
|
629 *sizep += sizeof(size_t);
|
|
|
630 }
|
|
|
631
|
|
|
632 static void
|
|
|
633 mem_pre_alloc_l(sizep)
|
|
|
634 long_u *sizep;
|
|
|
635 {
|
|
|
636 *sizep += sizeof(size_t);
|
|
|
637 }
|
|
|
638
|
|
|
639 static void
|
|
|
640 mem_post_alloc(pp, size)
|
|
|
641 void **pp;
|
|
|
642 size_t size;
|
|
|
643 {
|
|
|
644 if (*pp == NULL)
|
|
|
645 return;
|
|
|
646 size -= sizeof(size_t);
|
|
|
647 *(long_u *)*pp = size;
|
|
|
648 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1)
|
|
|
649 mem_allocs[size-1]++;
|
|
|
650 else
|
|
|
651 mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES-1]++;
|
|
|
652 mem_allocated += size;
|
|
|
653 if (mem_allocated - mem_freed > mem_peak)
|
|
|
654 mem_peak = mem_allocated - mem_freed;
|
|
|
655 num_alloc++;
|
|
|
656 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp + sizeof(size_t));
|
|
|
657 }
|
|
|
658
|
|
|
659 static void
|
|
|
660 mem_pre_free(pp)
|
|
|
661 void **pp;
|
|
|
662 {
|
|
|
663 long_u size;
|
|
|
664
|
|
|
665 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp - sizeof(size_t));
|
|
|
666 size = *(size_t *)*pp;
|
|
|
667 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1)
|
|
|
668 mem_frees[size-1]++;
|
|
|
669 else
|
|
|
670 mem_frees[MEM_SIZES-1]++;
|
|
|
671 mem_freed += size;
|
|
|
672 num_freed++;
|
|
|
673 }
|
|
|
674
|
|
|
675 /*
|
|
|
676 * called on exit via atexit()
|
|
|
677 */
|
|
|
678 void
|
|
|
679 vim_mem_profile_dump()
|
|
|
680 {
|
|
|
681 int i, j;
|
|
|
682
|
|
|
683 printf("\r\n");
|
|
|
684 j = 0;
|
|
|
685 for (i = 0; i < MEM_SIZES - 1; i++)
|
|
|
686 {
|
|
|
687 if (mem_allocs[i] || mem_frees[i])
|
|
|
688 {
|
|
|
689 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i])
|
|
|
690 printf("\r\n%s", _("ERROR: "));
|
|
|
691 printf("[%4d / %4lu-%-4lu] ", i + 1, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]);
|
|
|
692 j++;
|
|
|
693 if (j > 3)
|
|
|
694 {
|
|
|
695 j = 0;
|
|
|
696 printf("\r\n");
|
|
|
697 }
|
|
|
698 }
|
|
|
699 }
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
701 i = MEM_SIZES - 1;
|
|
|
702 if (mem_allocs[i])
|
|
|
703 {
|
|
|
704 printf("\r\n");
|
|
|
705 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i])
|
|
|
706 printf(_("ERROR: "));
|
|
|
707 printf("[>%d / %4lu-%-4lu]", i, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]);
|
|
|
708 }
|
|
|
709
|
|
|
710 printf(_("\n[bytes] total alloc-freed %lu-%lu, in use %lu, peak use %lu\n"),
|
|
|
711 mem_allocated, mem_freed, mem_allocated - mem_freed, mem_peak);
|
|
|
712 printf(_("[calls] total re/malloc()'s %lu, total free()'s %lu\n\n"),
|
|
|
713 num_alloc, num_freed);
|
|
|
714 }
|
|
|
715
|
|
|
716 #endif /* MEM_PROFILE */
|
|
|
717
|
|
|
718 /*
|
|
|
719 * Some memory is reserved for error messages and for being able to
|
|
|
720 * call mf_release_all(), which needs some memory for mf_trans_add().
|
|
|
721 */
|
|
|
722 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP)
|
|
|
723 # define SMALL_MEM
|
|
|
724 # define KEEP_ROOM 8192L
|
|
|
725 #else
|
|
|
726 # define KEEP_ROOM (2 * 8192L)
|
|
|
727 #endif
|
|
|
728
|
|
|
729 /*
|
|
|
730 * Note: if unsinged is 16 bits we can only allocate up to 64K with alloc().
|
|
|
731 * Use lalloc for larger blocks.
|
|
|
732 */
|
|
|
733 char_u *
|
|
|
734 alloc(size)
|
|
|
735 unsigned size;
|
|
|
736 {
|
|
|
737 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE));
|
|
|
738 }
|
|
|
739
|
|
|
740 /*
|
|
|
741 * Allocate memory and set all bytes to zero.
|
|
|
742 */
|
|
|
743 char_u *
|
|
|
744 alloc_clear(size)
|
|
|
745 unsigned size;
|
|
|
746 {
|
|
|
747 char_u *p;
|
|
|
748
|
|
|
749 p = (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE));
|
|
|
750 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
751 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size);
|
|
|
752 return p;
|
|
|
753 }
|
|
|
754
|
|
|
755 /*
|
|
|
756 * alloc() with check for maximum line length
|
|
|
757 */
|
|
|
758 char_u *
|
|
|
759 alloc_check(size)
|
|
|
760 unsigned size;
|
|
|
761 {
|
|
|
762 #if !defined(UNIX) && !defined(__EMX__)
|
|
|
763 if (sizeof(int) == 2 && size > 0x7fff)
|
|
|
764 {
|
|
|
765 /* Don't hide this message */
|
|
|
766 emsg_silent = 0;
|
|
|
767 EMSG(_("E340: Line is becoming too long"));
|
|
|
768 return NULL;
|
|
|
769 }
|
|
|
770 #endif
|
|
|
771 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE));
|
|
|
772 }
|
|
|
773
|
|
|
774 /*
|
|
|
775 * Allocate memory like lalloc() and set all bytes to zero.
|
|
|
776 */
|
|
|
777 char_u *
|
|
|
778 lalloc_clear(size, message)
|
|
|
779 long_u size;
|
|
|
780 int message;
|
|
|
781 {
|
|
|
782 char_u *p;
|
|
|
783
|
|
|
784 p = (lalloc(size, message));
|
|
|
785 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
786 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size);
|
|
|
787 return p;
|
|
|
788 }
|
|
|
789
|
|
|
790 /*
|
|
|
791 * Low level memory allocation function.
|
|
|
792 * This is used often, KEEP IT FAST!
|
|
|
793 */
|
|
|
794 char_u *
|
|
|
795 lalloc(size, message)
|
|
|
796 long_u size;
|
|
|
797 int message;
|
|
|
798 {
|
|
|
799 char_u *p; /* pointer to new storage space */
|
|
|
800 static int releasing = FALSE; /* don't do mf_release_all() recursive */
|
|
|
801 int try_again;
|
|
|
802 #if defined(HAVE_AVAIL_MEM) && !defined(SMALL_MEM)
|
|
|
803 static long_u allocated = 0; /* allocated since last avail check */
|
|
|
804 #endif
|
|
|
805
|
|
|
806 /* Safety check for allocating zero bytes */
|
|
|
807 if (size == 0)
|
|
|
808 {
|
|
|
809 /* Don't hide this message */
|
|
|
810 emsg_silent = 0;
|
|
|
811 EMSGN(_("E341: Internal error: lalloc(%ld, )"), size);
|
|
|
812 return NULL;
|
|
|
813 }
|
|
|
814
|
|
|
815 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE
|
|
|
816 mem_pre_alloc_l(&size);
|
|
|
817 #endif
|
|
|
818
|
|
|
819 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP)
|
|
|
820 if (size >= 0xfff0) /* in MSDOS we can't deal with >64K blocks */
|
|
|
821 p = NULL;
|
|
|
822 else
|
|
|
823 #endif
|
|
|
824
|
|
|
825 /*
|
|
|
826 * Loop when out of memory: Try to release some memfile blocks and
|
|
|
827 * if some blocks are released call malloc again.
|
|
|
828 */
|
|
|
829 for (;;)
|
|
|
830 {
|
|
|
831 /*
|
|
|
832 * Handle three kind of systems:
|
|
|
833 * 1. No check for available memory: Just return.
|
|
|
834 * 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after
|
|
|
835 * allocating KEEP_ROOM amount of memory.
|
|
|
836 * 3. Strict check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem()
|
|
|
837 */
|
|
|
838 if ((p = (char_u *)malloc((size_t)size)) != NULL)
|
|
|
839 {
|
|
|
840 #ifndef HAVE_AVAIL_MEM
|
|
|
841 /* 1. No check for available memory: Just return. */
|
|
|
842 goto theend;
|
|
|
843 #else
|
|
|
844 # ifndef SMALL_MEM
|
|
|
845 /* 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after
|
|
|
846 * allocating (KEEP_ROOM / 2) amount of memory. */
|
|
|
847 allocated += size;
|
|
|
848 if (allocated < KEEP_ROOM / 2)
|
|
|
849 goto theend;
|
|
|
850 allocated = 0;
|
|
|
851 # endif
|
|
|
852 /* 3. check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() */
|
|
|
853 if (mch_avail_mem(TRUE) < KEEP_ROOM && !releasing)
|
|
|
854 {
|
|
|
855 vim_free((char *)p); /* System is low... no go! */
|
|
|
856 p = NULL;
|
|
|
857 }
|
|
|
858 else
|
|
|
859 goto theend;
|
|
|
860 #endif
|
|
|
861 }
|
|
|
862 /*
|
|
|
863 * Remember that mf_release_all() is being called to avoid an endless
|
|
|
864 * loop, because mf_release_all() may call alloc() recursively.
|
|
|
865 */
|
|
|
866 if (releasing)
|
|
|
867 break;
|
|
|
868 releasing = TRUE;
|
|
|
869 try_again = mf_release_all();
|
|
|
870 releasing = FALSE;
|
|
|
871 if (!try_again)
|
|
|
872 break;
|
|
|
873 }
|
|
|
874
|
|
|
875 if (message && p == NULL)
|
|
|
876 do_outofmem_msg(size);
|
|
|
877
|
|
|
878 theend:
|
|
|
879 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE
|
|
|
880 mem_post_alloc((void **)&p, (size_t)size);
|
|
|
881 #endif
|
|
|
882 return p;
|
|
|
883 }
|
|
|
884
|
|
|
885 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
886 /*
|
|
|
887 * realloc() with memory profiling.
|
|
|
888 */
|
|
|
889 void *
|
|
|
890 mem_realloc(ptr, size)
|
|
|
891 void *ptr;
|
|
|
892 size_t size;
|
|
|
893 {
|
|
|
894 void *p;
|
|
|
895
|
|
|
896 mem_pre_free(&ptr);
|
|
|
897 mem_pre_alloc_s(&size);
|
|
|
898
|
|
|
899 p = realloc(ptr, size);
|
|
|
900
|
|
|
901 mem_post_alloc(&p, size);
|
|
|
902
|
|
|
903 return p;
|
|
|
904 }
|
|
|
905 #endif
|
|
|
906
|
|
|
907 /*
|
|
|
908 * Avoid repeating the error message many times (they take 1 second each).
|
|
|
909 * Did_outofmem_msg is reset when a character is read.
|
|
|
910 */
|
|
|
911 void
|
|
|
912 do_outofmem_msg(size)
|
|
|
913 long_u size;
|
|
|
914 {
|
|
|
915 if (!did_outofmem_msg)
|
|
|
916 {
|
|
|
917 /* Don't hide this message */
|
|
|
918 emsg_silent = 0;
|
|
|
919 EMSGN(_("E342: Out of memory! (allocating %lu bytes)"), size);
|
|
|
920 did_outofmem_msg = TRUE;
|
|
|
921 }
|
|
|
922 }
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
924 /*
|
|
|
925 * copy a string into newly allocated memory
|
|
|
926 */
|
|
|
927 char_u *
|
|
|
928 vim_strsave(string)
|
|
|
929 char_u *string;
|
|
|
930 {
|
|
|
931 char_u *p;
|
|
|
932 unsigned len;
|
|
|
933
|
|
|
934 len = (unsigned)STRLEN(string) + 1;
|
|
|
935 p = alloc(len);
|
|
|
936 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
937 mch_memmove(p, string, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
938 return p;
|
|
|
939 }
|
|
|
940
|
|
|
941 char_u *
|
|
|
942 vim_strnsave(string, len)
|
|
|
943 char_u *string;
|
|
|
944 int len;
|
|
|
945 {
|
|
|
946 char_u *p;
|
|
|
947
|
|
|
948 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1));
|
|
|
949 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
950 {
|
|
|
951 STRNCPY(p, string, len);
|
|
|
952 p[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
953 }
|
|
|
954 return p;
|
|
|
955 }
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
957 /*
|
|
|
958 * Same as vim_strsave(), but any characters found in esc_chars are preceded
|
|
|
959 * by a backslash.
|
|
|
960 */
|
|
|
961 char_u *
|
|
|
962 vim_strsave_escaped(string, esc_chars)
|
|
|
963 char_u *string;
|
|
|
964 char_u *esc_chars;
|
|
|
965 {
|
|
16
|
966 return vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, '\\', FALSE);
|
|
7
|
967 }
|
|
|
968
|
|
|
969 /*
|
|
|
970 * Same as vim_strsave_escaped(), but when "bsl" is TRUE also escape
|
|
|
971 * characters where rem_backslash() would remove the backslash.
|
|
16
|
972 * Escape the characters with "cc".
|
|
7
|
973 */
|
|
|
974 char_u *
|
|
16
|
975 vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, cc, bsl)
|
|
7
|
976 char_u *string;
|
|
|
977 char_u *esc_chars;
|
|
16
|
978 int cc;
|
|
7
|
979 int bsl;
|
|
|
980 {
|
|
|
981 char_u *p;
|
|
|
982 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
983 char_u *escaped_string;
|
|
|
984 unsigned length;
|
|
|
985 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
986 int l;
|
|
|
987 #endif
|
|
|
988
|
|
|
989 /*
|
|
|
990 * First count the number of backslashes required.
|
|
|
991 * Then allocate the memory and insert them.
|
|
|
992 */
|
|
|
993 length = 1; /* count the trailing NUL */
|
|
|
994 for (p = string; *p; p++)
|
|
|
995 {
|
|
|
996 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
997 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p)) > 1)
|
|
|
998 {
|
|
|
999 length += l; /* count a multibyte char */
|
|
|
1000 p += l - 1;
|
|
|
1001 continue;
|
|
|
1002 }
|
|
|
1003 #endif
|
|
|
1004 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p)))
|
|
|
1005 ++length; /* count a backslash */
|
|
|
1006 ++length; /* count an ordinary char */
|
|
|
1007 }
|
|
|
1008 escaped_string = alloc(length);
|
|
|
1009 if (escaped_string != NULL)
|
|
|
1010 {
|
|
|
1011 p2 = escaped_string;
|
|
|
1012 for (p = string; *p; p++)
|
|
|
1013 {
|
|
|
1014 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1015 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p)) > 1)
|
|
|
1016 {
|
|
|
1017 mch_memmove(p2, p, (size_t)l);
|
|
|
1018 p2 += l;
|
|
|
1019 p += l - 1; /* skip multibyte char */
|
|
|
1020 continue;
|
|
|
1021 }
|
|
|
1022 #endif
|
|
|
1023 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p)))
|
|
16
|
1024 *p2++ = cc;
|
|
7
|
1025 *p2++ = *p;
|
|
|
1026 }
|
|
|
1027 *p2 = NUL;
|
|
|
1028 }
|
|
|
1029 return escaped_string;
|
|
|
1030 }
|
|
|
1031
|
|
|
1032 /*
|
|
|
1033 * Like vim_strsave(), but make all characters uppercase.
|
|
|
1034 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent.
|
|
|
1035 */
|
|
|
1036 char_u *
|
|
|
1037 vim_strsave_up(string)
|
|
|
1038 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1039 {
|
|
|
1040 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
1041
|
|
|
1042 p1 = vim_strsave(string);
|
|
|
1043 vim_strup(p1);
|
|
|
1044 return p1;
|
|
|
1045 }
|
|
|
1046
|
|
|
1047 /*
|
|
|
1048 * Like vim_strnsave(), but make all characters uppercase.
|
|
|
1049 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent.
|
|
|
1050 */
|
|
|
1051 char_u *
|
|
|
1052 vim_strnsave_up(string, len)
|
|
|
1053 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1054 int len;
|
|
|
1055 {
|
|
|
1056 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
1057
|
|
|
1058 p1 = vim_strnsave(string, len);
|
|
|
1059 vim_strup(p1);
|
|
|
1060 return p1;
|
|
|
1061 }
|
|
|
1062
|
|
|
1063 /*
|
|
|
1064 * ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent.
|
|
|
1065 */
|
|
|
1066 void
|
|
|
1067 vim_strup(p)
|
|
|
1068 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1069 {
|
|
|
1070 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
1071 int c;
|
|
|
1072
|
|
|
1073 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
1074 {
|
|
|
1075 p2 = p;
|
|
|
1076 while ((c = *p2) != NUL)
|
|
|
1077 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
1078 *p2++ = isalpha(c) ? toupper(c) : c;
|
|
|
1079 #else
|
|
|
1080 *p2++ = (c < 'a' || c > 'z') ? c : (c - 0x20);
|
|
|
1081 #endif
|
|
|
1082 }
|
|
|
1083 }
|
|
|
1084
|
|
323
|
1085 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1086 /*
|
|
|
1087 * Make string "s" all upper-case and return it in allocated memory.
|
|
|
1088 * Handles multi-byte characters as well as possible.
|
|
|
1089 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
|
1090 */
|
|
|
1091 char_u *
|
|
|
1092 strup_save(orig)
|
|
|
1093 char_u *orig;
|
|
|
1094 {
|
|
|
1095 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1096 char_u *res;
|
|
|
1097
|
|
|
1098 res = p = vim_strsave(orig);
|
|
|
1099
|
|
|
1100 if (res != NULL)
|
|
|
1101 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
1102 {
|
|
|
1103 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1104 int l;
|
|
|
1105
|
|
|
1106 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
1107 {
|
|
|
1108 int c, uc;
|
|
|
1109 int nl;
|
|
|
1110 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1111
|
|
|
1112 c = utf_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
1113 uc = utf_toupper(c);
|
|
|
1114
|
|
|
1115 /* Reallocate string when byte count changes. This is rare,
|
|
|
1116 * thus it's OK to do another malloc()/free(). */
|
|
|
1117 l = utf_ptr2len_check(p);
|
|
|
1118 nl = utf_char2len(uc);
|
|
|
1119 if (nl != l)
|
|
|
1120 {
|
|
|
1121 s = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(res) + 1 + nl - l);
|
|
|
1122 if (s == NULL)
|
|
|
1123 break;
|
|
|
1124 mch_memmove(s, res, p - res);
|
|
|
1125 STRCPY(s + (p - res) + nl, p + l);
|
|
|
1126 p = s + (p - res);
|
|
|
1127 vim_free(res);
|
|
|
1128 res = s;
|
|
|
1129 }
|
|
|
1130
|
|
|
1131 utf_char2bytes(uc, p);
|
|
|
1132 p += nl;
|
|
|
1133 }
|
|
|
1134 else if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p)) > 1)
|
|
|
1135 p += l; /* skip multi-byte character */
|
|
|
1136 else
|
|
|
1137 # endif
|
|
|
1138 {
|
|
|
1139 *p = TOUPPER_LOC(*p); /* note that toupper() can be a macro */
|
|
|
1140 p++;
|
|
|
1141 }
|
|
|
1142 }
|
|
|
1143
|
|
|
1144 return res;
|
|
|
1145 }
|
|
|
1146 #endif
|
|
|
1147
|
|
7
|
1148 /*
|
|
|
1149 * copy a space a number of times
|
|
|
1150 */
|
|
|
1151 void
|
|
|
1152 copy_spaces(ptr, count)
|
|
|
1153 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1154 size_t count;
|
|
|
1155 {
|
|
|
1156 size_t i = count;
|
|
|
1157 char_u *p = ptr;
|
|
|
1158
|
|
|
1159 while (i--)
|
|
|
1160 *p++ = ' ';
|
|
|
1161 }
|
|
|
1162
|
|
|
1163 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1164 /*
|
|
|
1165 * Copy a character a number of times.
|
|
|
1166 * Does not work for multi-byte charactes!
|
|
|
1167 */
|
|
|
1168 void
|
|
|
1169 copy_chars(ptr, count, c)
|
|
|
1170 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1171 size_t count;
|
|
|
1172 int c;
|
|
|
1173 {
|
|
|
1174 size_t i = count;
|
|
|
1175 char_u *p = ptr;
|
|
|
1176
|
|
|
1177 while (i--)
|
|
|
1178 *p++ = c;
|
|
|
1179 }
|
|
|
1180 #endif
|
|
|
1181
|
|
|
1182 /*
|
|
|
1183 * delete spaces at the end of a string
|
|
|
1184 */
|
|
|
1185 void
|
|
|
1186 del_trailing_spaces(ptr)
|
|
|
1187 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1188 {
|
|
|
1189 char_u *q;
|
|
|
1190
|
|
|
1191 q = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
1192 while (--q > ptr && vim_iswhite(q[0]) && q[-1] != '\\' && q[-1] != Ctrl_V)
|
|
|
1193 *q = NUL;
|
|
|
1194 }
|
|
|
1195
|
|
|
1196 /*
|
|
323
|
1197 * Like strncpy(), but always terminate the result with one NUL.
|
|
7
|
1198 */
|
|
|
1199 void
|
|
|
1200 vim_strncpy(to, from, len)
|
|
323
|
1201 char_u *to;
|
|
|
1202 char_u *from;
|
|
|
1203 int len;
|
|
7
|
1204 {
|
|
323
|
1205 STRNCPY(to, from, len);
|
|
|
1206 to[len] = NUL;
|
|
7
|
1207 }
|
|
|
1208
|
|
|
1209 /*
|
|
|
1210 * Isolate one part of a string option where parts are separated with
|
|
|
1211 * "sep_chars".
|
|
|
1212 * The part is copied into buf[maxlen].
|
|
|
1213 * "*option" is advanced to the next part.
|
|
|
1214 * The length is returned.
|
|
|
1215 */
|
|
|
1216 int
|
|
|
1217 copy_option_part(option, buf, maxlen, sep_chars)
|
|
|
1218 char_u **option;
|
|
|
1219 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1220 int maxlen;
|
|
|
1221 char *sep_chars;
|
|
|
1222 {
|
|
|
1223 int len = 0;
|
|
|
1224 char_u *p = *option;
|
|
|
1225
|
|
|
1226 /* skip '.' at start of option part, for 'suffixes' */
|
|
|
1227 if (*p == '.')
|
|
|
1228 buf[len++] = *p++;
|
|
|
1229 while (*p != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, *p) == NULL)
|
|
|
1230 {
|
|
|
1231 /*
|
|
|
1232 * Skip backslash before a separator character and space.
|
|
|
1233 */
|
|
|
1234 if (p[0] == '\\' && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, p[1]) != NULL)
|
|
|
1235 ++p;
|
|
|
1236 if (len < maxlen - 1)
|
|
|
1237 buf[len++] = *p;
|
|
|
1238 ++p;
|
|
|
1239 }
|
|
|
1240 buf[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1241
|
|
|
1242 if (*p != NUL && *p != ',') /* skip non-standard separator */
|
|
|
1243 ++p;
|
|
|
1244 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* p points to next file name */
|
|
|
1245
|
|
|
1246 *option = p;
|
|
|
1247 return len;
|
|
|
1248 }
|
|
|
1249
|
|
|
1250 /*
|
|
|
1251 * replacement for free() that ignores NULL pointers
|
|
|
1252 */
|
|
|
1253 void
|
|
|
1254 vim_free(x)
|
|
|
1255 void *x;
|
|
|
1256 {
|
|
|
1257 if (x != NULL)
|
|
|
1258 {
|
|
|
1259 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE
|
|
|
1260 mem_pre_free(&x);
|
|
|
1261 #endif
|
|
|
1262 free(x);
|
|
|
1263 }
|
|
|
1264 }
|
|
|
1265
|
|
|
1266 #ifndef HAVE_MEMSET
|
|
|
1267 void *
|
|
|
1268 vim_memset(ptr, c, size)
|
|
|
1269 void *ptr;
|
|
|
1270 int c;
|
|
|
1271 size_t size;
|
|
|
1272 {
|
|
|
1273 char *p = ptr;
|
|
|
1274
|
|
|
1275 while (size-- > 0)
|
|
|
1276 *p++ = c;
|
|
|
1277 return ptr;
|
|
|
1278 }
|
|
|
1279 #endif
|
|
|
1280
|
|
|
1281 #ifdef VIM_MEMCMP
|
|
|
1282 /*
|
|
|
1283 * Return zero when "b1" and "b2" are the same for "len" bytes.
|
|
|
1284 * Return non-zero otherwise.
|
|
|
1285 */
|
|
|
1286 int
|
|
|
1287 vim_memcmp(b1, b2, len)
|
|
|
1288 void *b1;
|
|
|
1289 void *b2;
|
|
|
1290 size_t len;
|
|
|
1291 {
|
|
|
1292 char_u *p1 = (char_u *)b1, *p2 = (char_u *)b2;
|
|
|
1293
|
|
|
1294 for ( ; len > 0; --len)
|
|
|
1295 {
|
|
|
1296 if (*p1 != *p2)
|
|
|
1297 return 1;
|
|
|
1298 ++p1;
|
|
|
1299 ++p2;
|
|
|
1300 }
|
|
|
1301 return 0;
|
|
|
1302 }
|
|
|
1303 #endif
|
|
|
1304
|
|
|
1305 #ifdef VIM_MEMMOVE
|
|
|
1306 /*
|
|
|
1307 * Version of memmove() that handles overlapping source and destination.
|
|
|
1308 * For systems that don't have a function that is guaranteed to do that (SYSV).
|
|
|
1309 */
|
|
|
1310 void
|
|
|
1311 mch_memmove(dst_arg, src_arg, len)
|
|
|
1312 void *src_arg, *dst_arg;
|
|
|
1313 size_t len;
|
|
|
1314 {
|
|
|
1315 /*
|
|
|
1316 * A void doesn't have a size, we use char pointers.
|
|
|
1317 */
|
|
|
1318 char *dst = dst_arg, *src = src_arg;
|
|
|
1319
|
|
|
1320 /* overlap, copy backwards */
|
|
|
1321 if (dst > src && dst < src + len)
|
|
|
1322 {
|
|
|
1323 src += len;
|
|
|
1324 dst += len;
|
|
|
1325 while (len-- > 0)
|
|
|
1326 *--dst = *--src;
|
|
|
1327 }
|
|
|
1328 else /* copy forwards */
|
|
|
1329 while (len-- > 0)
|
|
|
1330 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
1331 }
|
|
|
1332 #endif
|
|
|
1333
|
|
|
1334 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRICMP)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1335 /*
|
|
|
1336 * Compare two strings, ignoring case, using current locale.
|
|
|
1337 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1338 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger
|
|
|
1339 */
|
|
|
1340 int
|
|
|
1341 vim_stricmp(s1, s2)
|
|
|
1342 char *s1;
|
|
|
1343 char *s2;
|
|
|
1344 {
|
|
|
1345 int i;
|
|
|
1346
|
|
|
1347 for (;;)
|
|
|
1348 {
|
|
|
1349 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2);
|
|
|
1350 if (i != 0)
|
|
|
1351 return i; /* this character different */
|
|
|
1352 if (*s1 == NUL)
|
|
|
1353 break; /* strings match until NUL */
|
|
|
1354 ++s1;
|
|
|
1355 ++s2;
|
|
|
1356 }
|
|
|
1357 return 0; /* strings match */
|
|
|
1358 }
|
|
|
1359 #endif
|
|
|
1360
|
|
|
1361 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRNCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRNICMP)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1362 /*
|
|
|
1363 * Compare two strings, for length "len", ignoring case, using current locale.
|
|
|
1364 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1365 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger
|
|
|
1366 */
|
|
|
1367 int
|
|
|
1368 vim_strnicmp(s1, s2, len)
|
|
|
1369 char *s1;
|
|
|
1370 char *s2;
|
|
|
1371 size_t len;
|
|
|
1372 {
|
|
|
1373 int i;
|
|
|
1374
|
|
|
1375 while (len > 0)
|
|
|
1376 {
|
|
|
1377 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2);
|
|
|
1378 if (i != 0)
|
|
|
1379 return i; /* this character different */
|
|
|
1380 if (*s1 == NUL)
|
|
|
1381 break; /* strings match until NUL */
|
|
|
1382 ++s1;
|
|
|
1383 ++s2;
|
|
|
1384 --len;
|
|
|
1385 }
|
|
|
1386 return 0; /* strings match */
|
|
|
1387 }
|
|
|
1388 #endif
|
|
|
1389
|
|
|
1390 #if 0 /* currently not used */
|
|
|
1391 /*
|
|
|
1392 * Check if string "s2" appears somewhere in "s1" while ignoring case.
|
|
|
1393 * Return NULL if not, a pointer to the first occurrence if it does.
|
|
|
1394 */
|
|
|
1395 char_u *
|
|
|
1396 vim_stristr(s1, s2)
|
|
|
1397 char_u *s1;
|
|
|
1398 char_u *s2;
|
|
|
1399 {
|
|
|
1400 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1401 int len = STRLEN(s2);
|
|
|
1402 char_u *end = s1 + STRLEN(s1) - len;
|
|
|
1403
|
|
|
1404 for (p = s1; p <= end; ++p)
|
|
|
1405 if (STRNICMP(p, s2, len) == 0)
|
|
|
1406 return p;
|
|
|
1407 return NULL;
|
|
|
1408 }
|
|
|
1409 #endif
|
|
|
1410
|
|
|
1411 /*
|
|
|
1412 * Version of strchr() and strrchr() that handle unsigned char strings
|
|
170
|
1413 * with characters from 128 to 255 correctly. It also doesn't return a
|
|
|
1414 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string.
|
|
7
|
1415 */
|
|
|
1416 char_u *
|
|
|
1417 vim_strchr(string, c)
|
|
|
1418 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1419 int c;
|
|
|
1420 {
|
|
|
1421 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1422 int b;
|
|
|
1423
|
|
|
1424 p = string;
|
|
|
1425 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1426 if (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80)
|
|
|
1427 {
|
|
|
1428 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
1429 {
|
|
|
1430 if (utf_ptr2char(p) == c)
|
|
|
1431 return p;
|
|
|
1432 p += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p);
|
|
|
1433 }
|
|
|
1434 return NULL;
|
|
|
1435 }
|
|
|
1436 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && c > 255)
|
|
|
1437 {
|
|
|
1438 int n2 = c & 0xff;
|
|
|
1439
|
|
|
1440 c = ((unsigned)c >> 8) & 0xff;
|
|
|
1441 while ((b = *p) != NUL)
|
|
|
1442 {
|
|
|
1443 if (b == c && p[1] == n2)
|
|
|
1444 return p;
|
|
|
1445 p += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p);
|
|
|
1446 }
|
|
|
1447 return NULL;
|
|
|
1448 }
|
|
|
1449 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1450 {
|
|
|
1451 while ((b = *p) != NUL)
|
|
|
1452 {
|
|
|
1453 if (b == c)
|
|
|
1454 return p;
|
|
|
1455 p += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p);
|
|
|
1456 }
|
|
|
1457 return NULL;
|
|
|
1458 }
|
|
|
1459 #endif
|
|
|
1460 while ((b = *p) != NUL)
|
|
|
1461 {
|
|
|
1462 if (b == c)
|
|
|
1463 return p;
|
|
|
1464 ++p;
|
|
|
1465 }
|
|
|
1466 return NULL;
|
|
|
1467 }
|
|
|
1468
|
|
|
1469 /*
|
|
170
|
1470 * Version of strchr() that only works for bytes and handles unsigned char
|
|
|
1471 * strings with characters above 128 correctly. It also doesn't return a
|
|
|
1472 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string.
|
|
|
1473 */
|
|
|
1474 char_u *
|
|
|
1475 vim_strbyte(string, c)
|
|
|
1476 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1477 int c;
|
|
|
1478 {
|
|
|
1479 char_u *p = string;
|
|
|
1480
|
|
|
1481 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
1482 {
|
|
|
1483 if (*p == c)
|
|
|
1484 return p;
|
|
|
1485 ++p;
|
|
|
1486 }
|
|
|
1487 return NULL;
|
|
|
1488 }
|
|
|
1489
|
|
|
1490 /*
|
|
7
|
1491 * Search for last occurrence of "c" in "string".
|
|
|
1492 * return NULL if not found.
|
|
170
|
1493 * Does not handle multi-byte char for "c"!
|
|
7
|
1494 */
|
|
|
1495 char_u *
|
|
|
1496 vim_strrchr(string, c)
|
|
|
1497 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1498 int c;
|
|
|
1499 {
|
|
|
1500 char_u *retval = NULL;
|
|
170
|
1501 char_u *p = string;
|
|
|
1502
|
|
|
1503 while (*p)
|
|
7
|
1504 {
|
|
170
|
1505 if (*p == c)
|
|
|
1506 retval = p;
|
|
|
1507 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
7
|
1508 }
|
|
|
1509 return retval;
|
|
|
1510 }
|
|
|
1511
|
|
|
1512 /*
|
|
|
1513 * Vim's version of strpbrk(), in case it's missing.
|
|
|
1514 * Don't generate a prototype for this, causes problems when it's not used.
|
|
|
1515 */
|
|
|
1516 #ifndef PROTO
|
|
|
1517 # ifndef HAVE_STRPBRK
|
|
|
1518 # ifdef vim_strpbrk
|
|
|
1519 # undef vim_strpbrk
|
|
|
1520 # endif
|
|
|
1521 char_u *
|
|
|
1522 vim_strpbrk(s, charset)
|
|
|
1523 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1524 char_u *charset;
|
|
|
1525 {
|
|
|
1526 while (*s)
|
|
|
1527 {
|
|
|
1528 if (vim_strchr(charset, *s) != NULL)
|
|
|
1529 return s;
|
|
39
|
1530 mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
7
|
1531 }
|
|
|
1532 return NULL;
|
|
|
1533 }
|
|
|
1534 # endif
|
|
|
1535 #endif
|
|
|
1536
|
|
|
1537 /*
|
|
|
1538 * Vim has its own isspace() function, because on some machines isspace()
|
|
|
1539 * can't handle characters above 128.
|
|
|
1540 */
|
|
|
1541 int
|
|
|
1542 vim_isspace(x)
|
|
|
1543 int x;
|
|
|
1544 {
|
|
|
1545 return ((x >= 9 && x <= 13) || x == ' ');
|
|
|
1546 }
|
|
|
1547
|
|
|
1548 /************************************************************************
|
|
119
|
1549 * Functions for handling growing arrays.
|
|
7
|
1550 */
|
|
|
1551
|
|
|
1552 /*
|
|
|
1553 * Clear an allocated growing array.
|
|
|
1554 */
|
|
|
1555 void
|
|
|
1556 ga_clear(gap)
|
|
|
1557 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1558 {
|
|
|
1559 vim_free(gap->ga_data);
|
|
|
1560 ga_init(gap);
|
|
|
1561 }
|
|
|
1562
|
|
|
1563 /*
|
|
|
1564 * Clear a growing array that contains a list of strings.
|
|
|
1565 */
|
|
|
1566 void
|
|
|
1567 ga_clear_strings(gap)
|
|
|
1568 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1569 {
|
|
|
1570 int i;
|
|
|
1571
|
|
|
1572 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
1573 vim_free(((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]);
|
|
|
1574 ga_clear(gap);
|
|
|
1575 }
|
|
|
1576
|
|
|
1577 /*
|
|
|
1578 * Initialize a growing array. Don't forget to set ga_itemsize and
|
|
|
1579 * ga_growsize! Or use ga_init2().
|
|
|
1580 */
|
|
|
1581 void
|
|
|
1582 ga_init(gap)
|
|
|
1583 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1584 {
|
|
|
1585 gap->ga_data = NULL;
|
|
41
|
1586 gap->ga_maxlen = 0;
|
|
7
|
1587 gap->ga_len = 0;
|
|
|
1588 }
|
|
|
1589
|
|
|
1590 void
|
|
|
1591 ga_init2(gap, itemsize, growsize)
|
|
|
1592 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1593 int itemsize;
|
|
|
1594 int growsize;
|
|
|
1595 {
|
|
|
1596 ga_init(gap);
|
|
|
1597 gap->ga_itemsize = itemsize;
|
|
|
1598 gap->ga_growsize = growsize;
|
|
|
1599 }
|
|
|
1600
|
|
|
1601 /*
|
|
|
1602 * Make room in growing array "gap" for at least "n" items.
|
|
|
1603 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
1604 */
|
|
|
1605 int
|
|
|
1606 ga_grow(gap, n)
|
|
|
1607 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1608 int n;
|
|
|
1609 {
|
|
|
1610 size_t len;
|
|
|
1611 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
1612
|
|
41
|
1613 if (gap->ga_maxlen - gap->ga_len < n)
|
|
7
|
1614 {
|
|
|
1615 if (n < gap->ga_growsize)
|
|
|
1616 n = gap->ga_growsize;
|
|
|
1617 len = gap->ga_itemsize * (gap->ga_len + n);
|
|
|
1618 pp = alloc_clear((unsigned)len);
|
|
|
1619 if (pp == NULL)
|
|
|
1620 return FAIL;
|
|
41
|
1621 gap->ga_maxlen = gap->ga_len + n;
|
|
7
|
1622 if (gap->ga_data != NULL)
|
|
|
1623 {
|
|
|
1624 mch_memmove(pp, gap->ga_data,
|
|
|
1625 (size_t)(gap->ga_itemsize * gap->ga_len));
|
|
|
1626 vim_free(gap->ga_data);
|
|
|
1627 }
|
|
|
1628 gap->ga_data = pp;
|
|
|
1629 }
|
|
|
1630 return OK;
|
|
|
1631 }
|
|
|
1632
|
|
|
1633 /*
|
|
|
1634 * Concatenate a string to a growarray which contains characters.
|
|
|
1635 * Note: Does NOT copy the NUL at the end!
|
|
|
1636 */
|
|
|
1637 void
|
|
|
1638 ga_concat(gap, s)
|
|
|
1639 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1640 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1641 {
|
|
|
1642 int len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
1643
|
|
|
1644 if (ga_grow(gap, len) == OK)
|
|
|
1645 {
|
|
|
1646 mch_memmove((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len, s, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
1647 gap->ga_len += len;
|
|
|
1648 }
|
|
|
1649 }
|
|
|
1650
|
|
|
1651 /*
|
|
|
1652 * Append one byte to a growarray which contains bytes.
|
|
|
1653 */
|
|
|
1654 void
|
|
|
1655 ga_append(gap, c)
|
|
|
1656 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1657 int c;
|
|
|
1658 {
|
|
|
1659 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == OK)
|
|
|
1660 {
|
|
|
1661 *((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len) = c;
|
|
|
1662 ++gap->ga_len;
|
|
|
1663 }
|
|
|
1664 }
|
|
|
1665
|
|
|
1666 /************************************************************************
|
|
|
1667 * functions that use lookup tables for various things, generally to do with
|
|
|
1668 * special key codes.
|
|
|
1669 */
|
|
|
1670
|
|
|
1671 /*
|
|
|
1672 * Some useful tables.
|
|
|
1673 */
|
|
|
1674
|
|
|
1675 static struct modmasktable
|
|
|
1676 {
|
|
|
1677 short mod_mask; /* Bit-mask for particular key modifier */
|
|
|
1678 short mod_flag; /* Bit(s) for particular key modifier */
|
|
|
1679 char_u name; /* Single letter name of modifier */
|
|
|
1680 } mod_mask_table[] =
|
|
|
1681 {
|
|
|
1682 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'M'},
|
|
179
|
1683 {MOD_MASK_META, MOD_MASK_META, (char_u)'T'},
|
|
7
|
1684 {MOD_MASK_CTRL, MOD_MASK_CTRL, (char_u)'C'},
|
|
|
1685 {MOD_MASK_SHIFT, MOD_MASK_SHIFT, (char_u)'S'},
|
|
|
1686 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_2CLICK, (char_u)'2'},
|
|
|
1687 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_3CLICK, (char_u)'3'},
|
|
|
1688 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_4CLICK, (char_u)'4'},
|
|
|
1689 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
1690 {MOD_MASK_CMD, MOD_MASK_CMD, (char_u)'D'},
|
|
|
1691 #endif
|
|
|
1692 /* 'A' must be the last one */
|
|
|
1693 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'A'},
|
|
|
1694 {0, 0, NUL}
|
|
|
1695 };
|
|
|
1696
|
|
|
1697 /*
|
|
|
1698 * Shifted key terminal codes and their unshifted equivalent.
|
|
|
1699 * Don't add mouse codes here, they are handled seperately!
|
|
|
1700 */
|
|
|
1701 #define MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE 5
|
|
|
1702
|
|
|
1703 static char_u modifier_keys_table[] =
|
|
|
1704 {
|
|
|
1705 /* mod mask with modifier without modifier */
|
|
|
1706 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '9', '@', '1', /* begin */
|
|
|
1707 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '0', '@', '2', /* cancel */
|
|
|
1708 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '1', '@', '4', /* command */
|
|
|
1709 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '2', '@', '5', /* copy */
|
|
|
1710 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '3', '@', '6', /* create */
|
|
|
1711 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '4', 'k', 'D', /* delete char */
|
|
|
1712 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '5', 'k', 'L', /* delete line */
|
|
|
1713 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '7', '@', '7', /* end */
|
|
|
1714 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_END, '@', '7', /* end */
|
|
|
1715 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '9', '@', '9', /* exit */
|
|
|
1716 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '0', '@', '0', /* find */
|
|
|
1717 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '1', '%', '1', /* help */
|
|
|
1718 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '2', 'k', 'h', /* home */
|
|
|
1719 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_HOME, 'k', 'h', /* home */
|
|
|
1720 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '3', 'k', 'I', /* insert */
|
|
|
1721 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '4', 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */
|
|
|
1722 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_LEFT, 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */
|
|
|
1723 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'a', '%', '3', /* message */
|
|
|
1724 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'b', '%', '4', /* move */
|
|
|
1725 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'c', '%', '5', /* next */
|
|
|
1726 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'd', '%', '7', /* options */
|
|
|
1727 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'e', '%', '8', /* previous */
|
|
|
1728 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'f', '%', '9', /* print */
|
|
|
1729 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'g', '%', '0', /* redo */
|
|
|
1730 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'h', '&', '3', /* replace */
|
|
|
1731 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'i', 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */
|
|
|
1732 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_RIGHT, 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */
|
|
|
1733 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'j', '&', '5', /* resume */
|
|
|
1734 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '1', '&', '6', /* save */
|
|
|
1735 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '2', '&', '7', /* suspend */
|
|
|
1736 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '3', '&', '8', /* undo */
|
|
|
1737 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_UP, 'k', 'u', /* up arrow */
|
|
|
1738 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_DOWN, 'k', 'd', /* down arrow */
|
|
|
1739
|
|
|
1740 /* vt100 F1 */
|
|
|
1741 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF1, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF1,
|
|
|
1742 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF2, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF2,
|
|
|
1743 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF3, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF3,
|
|
|
1744 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF4, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF4,
|
|
|
1745
|
|
|
1746 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F1, 'k', '1', /* F1 */
|
|
|
1747 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F2, 'k', '2',
|
|
|
1748 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F3, 'k', '3',
|
|
|
1749 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F4, 'k', '4',
|
|
|
1750 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F5, 'k', '5',
|
|
|
1751 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F6, 'k', '6',
|
|
|
1752 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F7, 'k', '7',
|
|
|
1753 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F8, 'k', '8',
|
|
|
1754 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F9, 'k', '9',
|
|
|
1755 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F10, 'k', ';', /* F10 */
|
|
|
1756
|
|
|
1757 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F11, 'F', '1',
|
|
|
1758 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F12, 'F', '2',
|
|
|
1759 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F13, 'F', '3',
|
|
|
1760 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F14, 'F', '4',
|
|
|
1761 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F15, 'F', '5',
|
|
|
1762 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F16, 'F', '6',
|
|
|
1763 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F17, 'F', '7',
|
|
|
1764 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F18, 'F', '8',
|
|
|
1765 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F19, 'F', '9',
|
|
|
1766 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F20, 'F', 'A',
|
|
|
1767
|
|
|
1768 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F21, 'F', 'B',
|
|
|
1769 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F22, 'F', 'C',
|
|
|
1770 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F23, 'F', 'D',
|
|
|
1771 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F24, 'F', 'E',
|
|
|
1772 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F25, 'F', 'F',
|
|
|
1773 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F26, 'F', 'G',
|
|
|
1774 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F27, 'F', 'H',
|
|
|
1775 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F28, 'F', 'I',
|
|
|
1776 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F29, 'F', 'J',
|
|
|
1777 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F30, 'F', 'K',
|
|
|
1778
|
|
|
1779 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F31, 'F', 'L',
|
|
|
1780 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F32, 'F', 'M',
|
|
|
1781 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F33, 'F', 'N',
|
|
|
1782 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F34, 'F', 'O',
|
|
|
1783 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F35, 'F', 'P',
|
|
|
1784 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F36, 'F', 'Q',
|
|
|
1785 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F37, 'F', 'R',
|
|
|
1786
|
|
|
1787 /* TAB pseudo code*/
|
|
|
1788 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, 'k', 'B', KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_TAB,
|
|
|
1789
|
|
|
1790 NUL
|
|
|
1791 };
|
|
|
1792
|
|
|
1793 static struct key_name_entry
|
|
|
1794 {
|
|
|
1795 int key; /* Special key code or ascii value */
|
|
|
1796 char_u *name; /* Name of key */
|
|
|
1797 } key_names_table[] =
|
|
|
1798 {
|
|
|
1799 {' ', (char_u *)"Space"},
|
|
|
1800 {TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"},
|
|
|
1801 {K_TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"},
|
|
|
1802 {NL, (char_u *)"NL"},
|
|
|
1803 {NL, (char_u *)"NewLine"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1804 {NL, (char_u *)"LineFeed"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1805 {NL, (char_u *)"LF"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1806 {CAR, (char_u *)"CR"},
|
|
|
1807 {CAR, (char_u *)"Return"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1808 {CAR, (char_u *)"Enter"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1809 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BS"},
|
|
|
1810 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BackSpace"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1811 {ESC, (char_u *)"Esc"},
|
|
|
1812 {CSI, (char_u *)"CSI"},
|
|
|
1813 {K_CSI, (char_u *)"xCSI"},
|
|
|
1814 {'|', (char_u *)"Bar"},
|
|
|
1815 {'\\', (char_u *)"Bslash"},
|
|
|
1816 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Del"},
|
|
|
1817 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Delete"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1818 {K_KDEL, (char_u *)"kDel"},
|
|
|
1819 {K_UP, (char_u *)"Up"},
|
|
|
1820 {K_DOWN, (char_u *)"Down"},
|
|
|
1821 {K_LEFT, (char_u *)"Left"},
|
|
|
1822 {K_RIGHT, (char_u *)"Right"},
|
|
180
|
1823 {K_XUP, (char_u *)"xUp"},
|
|
|
1824 {K_XDOWN, (char_u *)"xDown"},
|
|
|
1825 {K_XLEFT, (char_u *)"xLeft"},
|
|
|
1826 {K_XRIGHT, (char_u *)"xRight"},
|
|
7
|
1827
|
|
|
1828 {K_F1, (char_u *)"F1"},
|
|
|
1829 {K_F2, (char_u *)"F2"},
|
|
|
1830 {K_F3, (char_u *)"F3"},
|
|
|
1831 {K_F4, (char_u *)"F4"},
|
|
|
1832 {K_F5, (char_u *)"F5"},
|
|
|
1833 {K_F6, (char_u *)"F6"},
|
|
|
1834 {K_F7, (char_u *)"F7"},
|
|
|
1835 {K_F8, (char_u *)"F8"},
|
|
|
1836 {K_F9, (char_u *)"F9"},
|
|
|
1837 {K_F10, (char_u *)"F10"},
|
|
|
1838
|
|
|
1839 {K_F11, (char_u *)"F11"},
|
|
|
1840 {K_F12, (char_u *)"F12"},
|
|
|
1841 {K_F13, (char_u *)"F13"},
|
|
|
1842 {K_F14, (char_u *)"F14"},
|
|
|
1843 {K_F15, (char_u *)"F15"},
|
|
|
1844 {K_F16, (char_u *)"F16"},
|
|
|
1845 {K_F17, (char_u *)"F17"},
|
|
|
1846 {K_F18, (char_u *)"F18"},
|
|
|
1847 {K_F19, (char_u *)"F19"},
|
|
|
1848 {K_F20, (char_u *)"F20"},
|
|
|
1849
|
|
|
1850 {K_F21, (char_u *)"F21"},
|
|
|
1851 {K_F22, (char_u *)"F22"},
|
|
|
1852 {K_F23, (char_u *)"F23"},
|
|
|
1853 {K_F24, (char_u *)"F24"},
|
|
|
1854 {K_F25, (char_u *)"F25"},
|
|
|
1855 {K_F26, (char_u *)"F26"},
|
|
|
1856 {K_F27, (char_u *)"F27"},
|
|
|
1857 {K_F28, (char_u *)"F28"},
|
|
|
1858 {K_F29, (char_u *)"F29"},
|
|
|
1859 {K_F30, (char_u *)"F30"},
|
|
|
1860
|
|
|
1861 {K_F31, (char_u *)"F31"},
|
|
|
1862 {K_F32, (char_u *)"F32"},
|
|
|
1863 {K_F33, (char_u *)"F33"},
|
|
|
1864 {K_F34, (char_u *)"F34"},
|
|
|
1865 {K_F35, (char_u *)"F35"},
|
|
|
1866 {K_F36, (char_u *)"F36"},
|
|
|
1867 {K_F37, (char_u *)"F37"},
|
|
|
1868
|
|
|
1869 {K_XF1, (char_u *)"xF1"},
|
|
|
1870 {K_XF2, (char_u *)"xF2"},
|
|
|
1871 {K_XF3, (char_u *)"xF3"},
|
|
|
1872 {K_XF4, (char_u *)"xF4"},
|
|
|
1873
|
|
|
1874 {K_HELP, (char_u *)"Help"},
|
|
|
1875 {K_UNDO, (char_u *)"Undo"},
|
|
|
1876 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Insert"},
|
|
|
1877 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Ins"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1878 {K_KINS, (char_u *)"kInsert"},
|
|
|
1879 {K_HOME, (char_u *)"Home"},
|
|
|
1880 {K_KHOME, (char_u *)"kHome"},
|
|
|
1881 {K_XHOME, (char_u *)"xHome"},
|
|
230
|
1882 {K_ZHOME, (char_u *)"zHome"},
|
|
7
|
1883 {K_END, (char_u *)"End"},
|
|
|
1884 {K_KEND, (char_u *)"kEnd"},
|
|
|
1885 {K_XEND, (char_u *)"xEnd"},
|
|
230
|
1886 {K_ZEND, (char_u *)"zEnd"},
|
|
7
|
1887 {K_PAGEUP, (char_u *)"PageUp"},
|
|
|
1888 {K_PAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"PageDown"},
|
|
|
1889 {K_KPAGEUP, (char_u *)"kPageUp"},
|
|
|
1890 {K_KPAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"kPageDown"},
|
|
|
1891
|
|
|
1892 {K_KPLUS, (char_u *)"kPlus"},
|
|
|
1893 {K_KMINUS, (char_u *)"kMinus"},
|
|
|
1894 {K_KDIVIDE, (char_u *)"kDivide"},
|
|
|
1895 {K_KMULTIPLY, (char_u *)"kMultiply"},
|
|
|
1896 {K_KENTER, (char_u *)"kEnter"},
|
|
|
1897 {K_KPOINT, (char_u *)"kPoint"},
|
|
|
1898
|
|
|
1899 {K_K0, (char_u *)"k0"},
|
|
|
1900 {K_K1, (char_u *)"k1"},
|
|
|
1901 {K_K2, (char_u *)"k2"},
|
|
|
1902 {K_K3, (char_u *)"k3"},
|
|
|
1903 {K_K4, (char_u *)"k4"},
|
|
|
1904 {K_K5, (char_u *)"k5"},
|
|
|
1905 {K_K6, (char_u *)"k6"},
|
|
|
1906 {K_K7, (char_u *)"k7"},
|
|
|
1907 {K_K8, (char_u *)"k8"},
|
|
|
1908 {K_K9, (char_u *)"k9"},
|
|
|
1909
|
|
|
1910 {'<', (char_u *)"lt"},
|
|
|
1911
|
|
|
1912 {K_MOUSE, (char_u *)"Mouse"},
|
|
|
1913 {K_NETTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"NetMouse"},
|
|
|
1914 {K_DEC_MOUSE, (char_u *)"DecMouse"},
|
|
|
1915 {K_JSBTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"JsbMouse"},
|
|
|
1916 {K_PTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"PtermMouse"},
|
|
|
1917 {K_LEFTMOUSE, (char_u *)"LeftMouse"},
|
|
|
1918 {K_LEFTMOUSE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftMouseNM"},
|
|
|
1919 {K_LEFTDRAG, (char_u *)"LeftDrag"},
|
|
|
1920 {K_LEFTRELEASE, (char_u *)"LeftRelease"},
|
|
|
1921 {K_LEFTRELEASE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftReleaseNM"},
|
|
|
1922 {K_MIDDLEMOUSE, (char_u *)"MiddleMouse"},
|
|
|
1923 {K_MIDDLEDRAG, (char_u *)"MiddleDrag"},
|
|
|
1924 {K_MIDDLERELEASE, (char_u *)"MiddleRelease"},
|
|
|
1925 {K_RIGHTMOUSE, (char_u *)"RightMouse"},
|
|
|
1926 {K_RIGHTDRAG, (char_u *)"RightDrag"},
|
|
|
1927 {K_RIGHTRELEASE, (char_u *)"RightRelease"},
|
|
|
1928 {K_MOUSEDOWN, (char_u *)"MouseDown"},
|
|
|
1929 {K_MOUSEUP, (char_u *)"MouseUp"},
|
|
|
1930 {K_X1MOUSE, (char_u *)"X1Mouse"},
|
|
|
1931 {K_X1DRAG, (char_u *)"X1Drag"},
|
|
|
1932 {K_X1RELEASE, (char_u *)"X1Release"},
|
|
|
1933 {K_X2MOUSE, (char_u *)"X2Mouse"},
|
|
|
1934 {K_X2DRAG, (char_u *)"X2Drag"},
|
|
|
1935 {K_X2RELEASE, (char_u *)"X2Release"},
|
|
|
1936 {K_DROP, (char_u *)"Drop"},
|
|
|
1937 {K_ZERO, (char_u *)"Nul"},
|
|
|
1938 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
1939 {K_SNR, (char_u *)"SNR"},
|
|
|
1940 #endif
|
|
|
1941 {K_PLUG, (char_u *)"Plug"},
|
|
|
1942 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
1943 };
|
|
|
1944
|
|
|
1945 #define KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN (sizeof(key_names_table) / sizeof(struct key_name_entry))
|
|
|
1946
|
|
|
1947 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
1948 static struct mousetable
|
|
|
1949 {
|
|
|
1950 int pseudo_code; /* Code for pseudo mouse event */
|
|
|
1951 int button; /* Which mouse button is it? */
|
|
|
1952 int is_click; /* Is it a mouse button click event? */
|
|
|
1953 int is_drag; /* Is it a mouse drag event? */
|
|
|
1954 } mouse_table[] =
|
|
|
1955 {
|
|
|
1956 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
1957 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1958 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
1959 #endif
|
|
|
1960 {(int)KE_LEFTDRAG, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
1961 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
1962 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1963 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
1964 #endif
|
|
|
1965 {(int)KE_MIDDLEMOUSE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
1966 {(int)KE_MIDDLEDRAG, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
1967 {(int)KE_MIDDLERELEASE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
1968 {(int)KE_RIGHTMOUSE, MOUSE_RIGHT, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
1969 {(int)KE_RIGHTDRAG, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
1970 {(int)KE_RIGHTRELEASE, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
1971 {(int)KE_X1MOUSE, MOUSE_X1, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
1972 {(int)KE_X1DRAG, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
1973 {(int)KE_X1RELEASE, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
1974 {(int)KE_X2MOUSE, MOUSE_X2, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
1975 {(int)KE_X2DRAG, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
1976 {(int)KE_X2RELEASE, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
1977 /* DRAG without CLICK */
|
|
|
1978 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
1979 /* RELEASE without CLICK */
|
|
|
1980 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
1981 {0, 0, 0, 0},
|
|
|
1982 };
|
|
|
1983 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */
|
|
|
1984
|
|
|
1985 /*
|
|
|
1986 * Return the modifier mask bit (MOD_MASK_*) which corresponds to the given
|
|
|
1987 * modifier name ('S' for Shift, 'C' for Ctrl etc).
|
|
|
1988 */
|
|
|
1989 int
|
|
|
1990 name_to_mod_mask(c)
|
|
|
1991 int c;
|
|
|
1992 {
|
|
|
1993 int i;
|
|
|
1994
|
|
|
1995 c = TOUPPER_ASC(c);
|
|
|
1996 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask != 0; i++)
|
|
|
1997 if (c == mod_mask_table[i].name)
|
|
|
1998 return mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag;
|
|
|
1999 return 0;
|
|
|
2000 }
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
2002 /*
|
|
|
2003 * Check if if there is a special key code for "key" that includes the
|
|
|
2004 * modifiers specified.
|
|
|
2005 */
|
|
|
2006 int
|
|
|
2007 simplify_key(key, modifiers)
|
|
|
2008 int key;
|
|
|
2009 int *modifiers;
|
|
|
2010 {
|
|
|
2011 int i;
|
|
|
2012 int key0;
|
|
|
2013 int key1;
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015 if (*modifiers & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL | MOD_MASK_ALT))
|
|
|
2016 {
|
|
|
2017 /* TAB is a special case */
|
|
|
2018 if (key == TAB && (*modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
2019 {
|
|
|
2020 *modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2021 return K_S_TAB;
|
|
|
2022 }
|
|
|
2023 key0 = KEY2TERMCAP0(key);
|
|
|
2024 key1 = KEY2TERMCAP1(key);
|
|
|
2025 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != NUL; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE)
|
|
|
2026 if (key0 == modifier_keys_table[i + 3]
|
|
|
2027 && key1 == modifier_keys_table[i + 4]
|
|
|
2028 && (*modifiers & modifier_keys_table[i]))
|
|
|
2029 {
|
|
|
2030 *modifiers &= ~modifier_keys_table[i];
|
|
|
2031 return TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 1],
|
|
|
2032 modifier_keys_table[i + 2]);
|
|
|
2033 }
|
|
|
2034 }
|
|
|
2035 return key;
|
|
|
2036 }
|
|
|
2037
|
|
|
2038 /*
|
|
180
|
2039 * Change <xHome> to <Home>, <xUp> to <Up>, etc.
|
|
|
2040 */
|
|
|
2041 int
|
|
|
2042 handle_x_keys(key)
|
|
|
2043 int key;
|
|
|
2044 {
|
|
|
2045 switch (key)
|
|
|
2046 {
|
|
|
2047 case K_XUP: return K_UP;
|
|
|
2048 case K_XDOWN: return K_DOWN;
|
|
|
2049 case K_XLEFT: return K_LEFT;
|
|
|
2050 case K_XRIGHT: return K_RIGHT;
|
|
|
2051 case K_XHOME: return K_HOME;
|
|
230
|
2052 case K_ZHOME: return K_HOME;
|
|
180
|
2053 case K_XEND: return K_END;
|
|
230
|
2054 case K_ZEND: return K_END;
|
|
180
|
2055 case K_XF1: return K_F1;
|
|
|
2056 case K_XF2: return K_F2;
|
|
|
2057 case K_XF3: return K_F3;
|
|
|
2058 case K_XF4: return K_F4;
|
|
|
2059 case K_S_XF1: return K_S_F1;
|
|
|
2060 case K_S_XF2: return K_S_F2;
|
|
|
2061 case K_S_XF3: return K_S_F3;
|
|
|
2062 case K_S_XF4: return K_S_F4;
|
|
|
2063 }
|
|
|
2064 return key;
|
|
|
2065 }
|
|
|
2066
|
|
|
2067 /*
|
|
7
|
2068 * Return a string which contains the name of the given key when the given
|
|
|
2069 * modifiers are down.
|
|
|
2070 */
|
|
|
2071 char_u *
|
|
|
2072 get_special_key_name(c, modifiers)
|
|
|
2073 int c;
|
|
|
2074 int modifiers;
|
|
|
2075 {
|
|
|
2076 static char_u string[MAX_KEY_NAME_LEN + 1];
|
|
|
2077
|
|
|
2078 int i, idx;
|
|
|
2079 int table_idx;
|
|
|
2080 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2081
|
|
|
2082 string[0] = '<';
|
|
|
2083 idx = 1;
|
|
|
2084
|
|
|
2085 /* Key that stands for a normal character. */
|
|
|
2086 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) && KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == KS_KEY)
|
|
|
2087 c = KEY2TERMCAP1(c);
|
|
|
2088
|
|
|
2089 /*
|
|
|
2090 * Translate shifted special keys into unshifted keys and set modifier.
|
|
|
2091 * Same for CTRL and ALT modifiers.
|
|
|
2092 */
|
|
|
2093 if (IS_SPECIAL(c))
|
|
|
2094 {
|
|
|
2095 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != 0; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE)
|
|
|
2096 if ( KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 1]
|
|
|
2097 && (int)KEY2TERMCAP1(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 2])
|
|
|
2098 {
|
|
|
2099 modifiers |= modifier_keys_table[i];
|
|
|
2100 c = TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 3],
|
|
|
2101 modifier_keys_table[i + 4]);
|
|
|
2102 break;
|
|
|
2103 }
|
|
|
2104 }
|
|
|
2105
|
|
|
2106 /* try to find the key in the special key table */
|
|
|
2107 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c);
|
|
|
2108
|
|
|
2109 /*
|
|
|
2110 * When not a known special key, and not a printable character, try to
|
|
|
2111 * extract modifiers.
|
|
|
2112 */
|
|
|
2113 if (c > 0
|
|
|
2114 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2115 && (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1
|
|
|
2116 #endif
|
|
|
2117 )
|
|
|
2118 {
|
|
|
2119 if (table_idx < 0
|
|
|
2120 && (!vim_isprintc(c) || (c & 0x7f) == ' ')
|
|
|
2121 && (c & 0x80))
|
|
|
2122 {
|
|
|
2123 c &= 0x7f;
|
|
|
2124 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
|
2125 /* try again, to find the un-alted key in the special key table */
|
|
|
2126 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c);
|
|
|
2127 }
|
|
|
2128 if (table_idx < 0 && !vim_isprintc(c) && c < ' ')
|
|
|
2129 {
|
|
|
2130 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
2131 c = CtrlChar(c);
|
|
|
2132 #else
|
|
|
2133 c += '@';
|
|
|
2134 #endif
|
|
|
2135 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
2136 }
|
|
|
2137 }
|
|
|
2138
|
|
|
2139 /* translate the modifier into a string */
|
|
|
2140 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].name != 'A'; i++)
|
|
|
2141 if ((modifiers & mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask)
|
|
|
2142 == mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag)
|
|
|
2143 {
|
|
|
2144 string[idx++] = mod_mask_table[i].name;
|
|
|
2145 string[idx++] = (char_u)'-';
|
|
|
2146 }
|
|
|
2147
|
|
|
2148 if (table_idx < 0) /* unknown special key, may output t_xx */
|
|
|
2149 {
|
|
|
2150 if (IS_SPECIAL(c))
|
|
|
2151 {
|
|
|
2152 string[idx++] = 't';
|
|
|
2153 string[idx++] = '_';
|
|
|
2154 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(c);
|
|
|
2155 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(c);
|
|
|
2156 }
|
|
|
2157 /* Not a special key, only modifiers, output directly */
|
|
|
2158 else
|
|
|
2159 {
|
|
|
2160 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2161 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
|
|
|
2162 idx += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, string + idx);
|
|
|
2163 else
|
|
|
2164 #endif
|
|
|
2165 if (vim_isprintc(c))
|
|
|
2166 string[idx++] = c;
|
|
|
2167 else
|
|
|
2168 {
|
|
|
2169 s = transchar(c);
|
|
|
2170 while (*s)
|
|
|
2171 string[idx++] = *s++;
|
|
|
2172 }
|
|
|
2173 }
|
|
|
2174 }
|
|
|
2175 else /* use name of special key */
|
|
|
2176 {
|
|
|
2177 STRCPY(string + idx, key_names_table[table_idx].name);
|
|
|
2178 idx = (int)STRLEN(string);
|
|
|
2179 }
|
|
|
2180 string[idx++] = '>';
|
|
|
2181 string[idx] = NUL;
|
|
|
2182 return string;
|
|
|
2183 }
|
|
|
2184
|
|
|
2185 /*
|
|
|
2186 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[] to dst[].
|
|
|
2187 * Return the number of characters added to dst[], zero for no match.
|
|
|
2188 * If there is a match, srcp is advanced to after the <> name.
|
|
|
2189 * dst[] must be big enough to hold the result (up to six characters)!
|
|
|
2190 */
|
|
|
2191 int
|
|
|
2192 trans_special(srcp, dst, keycode)
|
|
|
2193 char_u **srcp;
|
|
|
2194 char_u *dst;
|
|
|
2195 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */
|
|
|
2196 {
|
|
|
2197 int modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2198 int key;
|
|
|
2199 int dlen = 0;
|
|
|
2200
|
|
|
2201 key = find_special_key(srcp, &modifiers, keycode);
|
|
|
2202 if (key == 0)
|
|
|
2203 return 0;
|
|
|
2204
|
|
|
2205 /* Put the appropriate modifier in a string */
|
|
|
2206 if (modifiers != 0)
|
|
|
2207 {
|
|
|
2208 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
2209 dst[dlen++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2210 dst[dlen++] = modifiers;
|
|
|
2211 }
|
|
|
2212
|
|
|
2213 if (IS_SPECIAL(key))
|
|
|
2214 {
|
|
|
2215 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
2216 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(key);
|
|
|
2217 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(key);
|
|
|
2218 }
|
|
|
2219 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2220 else if (has_mbyte && !keycode)
|
|
|
2221 dlen += (*mb_char2bytes)(key, dst + dlen);
|
|
|
2222 #endif
|
|
|
2223 else if (keycode)
|
|
|
2224 dlen = (int)(add_char2buf(key, dst + dlen) - dst);
|
|
|
2225 else
|
|
|
2226 dst[dlen++] = key;
|
|
|
2227
|
|
|
2228 return dlen;
|
|
|
2229 }
|
|
|
2230
|
|
|
2231 /*
|
|
|
2232 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[], return the key and modifiers.
|
|
|
2233 * srcp is advanced to after the <> name.
|
|
|
2234 * returns 0 if there is no match.
|
|
|
2235 */
|
|
|
2236 int
|
|
|
2237 find_special_key(srcp, modp, keycode)
|
|
|
2238 char_u **srcp;
|
|
|
2239 int *modp;
|
|
|
2240 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */
|
|
|
2241 {
|
|
|
2242 char_u *last_dash;
|
|
|
2243 char_u *end_of_name;
|
|
|
2244 char_u *src;
|
|
|
2245 char_u *bp;
|
|
|
2246 int modifiers;
|
|
|
2247 int bit;
|
|
|
2248 int key;
|
|
|
2249 long_u n;
|
|
|
2250
|
|
|
2251 src = *srcp;
|
|
|
2252 if (src[0] != '<')
|
|
|
2253 return 0;
|
|
|
2254
|
|
|
2255 /* Find end of modifier list */
|
|
|
2256 last_dash = src;
|
|
|
2257 for (bp = src + 1; *bp == '-' || vim_isIDc(*bp); bp++)
|
|
|
2258 {
|
|
|
2259 if (*bp == '-')
|
|
|
2260 {
|
|
|
2261 last_dash = bp;
|
|
|
2262 if (bp[1] != NUL && bp[2] == '>')
|
|
|
2263 ++bp; /* anything accepted, like <C-?> */
|
|
|
2264 }
|
|
|
2265 if (bp[0] == 't' && bp[1] == '_' && bp[2] && bp[3])
|
|
|
2266 bp += 3; /* skip t_xx, xx may be '-' or '>' */
|
|
|
2267 }
|
|
|
2268
|
|
|
2269 if (*bp == '>') /* found matching '>' */
|
|
|
2270 {
|
|
|
2271 end_of_name = bp + 1;
|
|
|
2272
|
|
|
2273 if (STRNICMP(src + 1, "char-", 5) == 0 && VIM_ISDIGIT(src[6]))
|
|
|
2274 {
|
|
|
2275 /* <Char-123> or <Char-033> or <Char-0x33> */
|
|
|
2276 vim_str2nr(src + 6, NULL, NULL, TRUE, TRUE, NULL, &n);
|
|
|
2277 *modp = 0;
|
|
|
2278 *srcp = end_of_name;
|
|
|
2279 return (int)n;
|
|
|
2280 }
|
|
|
2281
|
|
|
2282 /* Which modifiers are given? */
|
|
|
2283 modifiers = 0x0;
|
|
|
2284 for (bp = src + 1; bp < last_dash; bp++)
|
|
|
2285 {
|
|
|
2286 if (*bp != '-')
|
|
|
2287 {
|
|
|
2288 bit = name_to_mod_mask(*bp);
|
|
|
2289 if (bit == 0x0)
|
|
|
2290 break; /* Illegal modifier name */
|
|
|
2291 modifiers |= bit;
|
|
|
2292 }
|
|
|
2293 }
|
|
|
2294
|
|
|
2295 /*
|
|
|
2296 * Legal modifier name.
|
|
|
2297 */
|
|
|
2298 if (bp >= last_dash)
|
|
|
2299 {
|
|
|
2300 /*
|
|
|
2301 * Modifier with single letter, or special key name.
|
|
|
2302 */
|
|
|
2303 if (modifiers != 0 && last_dash[2] == '>')
|
|
|
2304 key = last_dash[1];
|
|
|
2305 else
|
|
180
|
2306 {
|
|
7
|
2307 key = get_special_key_code(last_dash + 1);
|
|
180
|
2308 key = handle_x_keys(key);
|
|
|
2309 }
|
|
7
|
2310
|
|
|
2311 /*
|
|
|
2312 * get_special_key_code() may return NUL for invalid
|
|
|
2313 * special key name.
|
|
|
2314 */
|
|
|
2315 if (key != NUL)
|
|
|
2316 {
|
|
|
2317 /*
|
|
|
2318 * Only use a modifier when there is no special key code that
|
|
|
2319 * includes the modifier.
|
|
|
2320 */
|
|
|
2321 key = simplify_key(key, &modifiers);
|
|
|
2322
|
|
|
2323 if (!keycode)
|
|
|
2324 {
|
|
|
2325 /* don't want keycode, use single byte code */
|
|
|
2326 if (key == K_BS)
|
|
|
2327 key = BS;
|
|
|
2328 else if (key == K_DEL || key == K_KDEL)
|
|
|
2329 key = DEL;
|
|
|
2330 }
|
|
|
2331
|
|
|
2332 /*
|
|
|
2333 * Normal Key with modifier: Try to make a single byte code.
|
|
|
2334 */
|
|
|
2335 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key))
|
|
|
2336 key = extract_modifiers(key, &modifiers);
|
|
|
2337
|
|
|
2338 *modp = modifiers;
|
|
|
2339 *srcp = end_of_name;
|
|
|
2340 return key;
|
|
|
2341 }
|
|
|
2342 }
|
|
|
2343 }
|
|
|
2344 return 0;
|
|
|
2345 }
|
|
|
2346
|
|
|
2347 /*
|
|
|
2348 * Try to include modifiers in the key.
|
|
|
2349 * Changes "Shift-a" to 'A', "Alt-A" to 0xc0, etc.
|
|
|
2350 */
|
|
|
2351 int
|
|
|
2352 extract_modifiers(key, modp)
|
|
|
2353 int key;
|
|
|
2354 int *modp;
|
|
|
2355 {
|
|
|
2356 int modifiers = *modp;
|
|
|
2357
|
|
|
2358 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
2359 /* Command-key really special, No fancynest */
|
|
|
2360 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
2361 #endif
|
|
|
2362 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) && ASCII_ISALPHA(key))
|
|
|
2363 {
|
|
|
2364 key = TOUPPER_ASC(key);
|
|
|
2365 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2366 }
|
|
|
2367 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
2368 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
2369 /* * TODO: EBCDIC Better use:
|
|
|
2370 * && (Ctrl_chr(key) || key == '?')
|
|
|
2371 * ??? */
|
|
|
2372 && strchr("?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\\]^_", key)
|
|
|
2373 != NULL
|
|
|
2374 #else
|
|
|
2375 && ((key >= '?' && key <= '_') || ASCII_ISALPHA(key))
|
|
|
2376 #endif
|
|
|
2377 )
|
|
|
2378 {
|
|
|
2379 key = Ctrl_chr(key);
|
|
|
2380 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
2381 /* <C-@> is <Nul> */
|
|
|
2382 if (key == 0)
|
|
|
2383 key = K_ZERO;
|
|
|
2384 }
|
|
|
2385 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
2386 /* Command-key really special, No fancynest */
|
|
|
2387 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
2388 #endif
|
|
|
2389 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) && key < 0x80
|
|
|
2390 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2391 && !enc_dbcs /* avoid creating a lead byte */
|
|
|
2392 #endif
|
|
|
2393 )
|
|
|
2394 {
|
|
|
2395 key |= 0x80;
|
|
|
2396 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_ALT; /* remove the META modifier */
|
|
|
2397 }
|
|
|
2398
|
|
|
2399 *modp = modifiers;
|
|
|
2400 return key;
|
|
|
2401 }
|
|
|
2402
|
|
|
2403 /*
|
|
|
2404 * Try to find key "c" in the special key table.
|
|
|
2405 * Return the index when found, -1 when not found.
|
|
|
2406 */
|
|
|
2407 int
|
|
|
2408 find_special_key_in_table(c)
|
|
|
2409 int c;
|
|
|
2410 {
|
|
|
2411 int i;
|
|
|
2412
|
|
|
2413 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++)
|
|
|
2414 if (c == key_names_table[i].key)
|
|
|
2415 break;
|
|
|
2416 if (key_names_table[i].name == NULL)
|
|
|
2417 i = -1;
|
|
|
2418 return i;
|
|
|
2419 }
|
|
|
2420
|
|
|
2421 /*
|
|
|
2422 * Find the special key with the given name (the given string does not have to
|
|
|
2423 * end with NUL, the name is assumed to end before the first non-idchar).
|
|
|
2424 * If the name starts with "t_" the next two characters are interpreted as a
|
|
|
2425 * termcap name.
|
|
|
2426 * Return the key code, or 0 if not found.
|
|
|
2427 */
|
|
|
2428 int
|
|
|
2429 get_special_key_code(name)
|
|
|
2430 char_u *name;
|
|
|
2431 {
|
|
|
2432 char_u *table_name;
|
|
|
2433 char_u string[3];
|
|
|
2434 int i, j;
|
|
|
2435
|
|
|
2436 /*
|
|
|
2437 * If it's <t_xx> we get the code for xx from the termcap
|
|
|
2438 */
|
|
|
2439 if (name[0] == 't' && name[1] == '_' && name[2] != NUL && name[3] != NUL)
|
|
|
2440 {
|
|
|
2441 string[0] = name[2];
|
|
|
2442 string[1] = name[3];
|
|
|
2443 string[2] = NUL;
|
|
|
2444 if (add_termcap_entry(string, FALSE) == OK)
|
|
|
2445 return TERMCAP2KEY(name[2], name[3]);
|
|
|
2446 }
|
|
|
2447 else
|
|
|
2448 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++)
|
|
|
2449 {
|
|
|
2450 table_name = key_names_table[i].name;
|
|
|
2451 for (j = 0; vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] != NUL; j++)
|
|
|
2452 if (TOLOWER_ASC(table_name[j]) != TOLOWER_ASC(name[j]))
|
|
|
2453 break;
|
|
|
2454 if (!vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] == NUL)
|
|
|
2455 return key_names_table[i].key;
|
|
|
2456 }
|
|
|
2457 return 0;
|
|
|
2458 }
|
|
|
2459
|
|
|
2460 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
2461 char_u *
|
|
|
2462 get_key_name(i)
|
|
|
2463 int i;
|
|
|
2464 {
|
|
|
2465 if (i >= KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN)
|
|
|
2466 return NULL;
|
|
|
2467 return key_names_table[i].name;
|
|
|
2468 }
|
|
|
2469 #endif
|
|
|
2470
|
|
|
2471 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2472 /*
|
|
|
2473 * Look up the given mouse code to return the relevant information in the other
|
|
|
2474 * arguments. Return which button is down or was released.
|
|
|
2475 */
|
|
|
2476 int
|
|
|
2477 get_mouse_button(code, is_click, is_drag)
|
|
|
2478 int code;
|
|
|
2479 int *is_click;
|
|
|
2480 int *is_drag;
|
|
|
2481 {
|
|
|
2482 int i;
|
|
|
2483
|
|
|
2484 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++)
|
|
|
2485 if (code == mouse_table[i].pseudo_code)
|
|
|
2486 {
|
|
|
2487 *is_click = mouse_table[i].is_click;
|
|
|
2488 *is_drag = mouse_table[i].is_drag;
|
|
|
2489 return mouse_table[i].button;
|
|
|
2490 }
|
|
|
2491 return 0; /* Shouldn't get here */
|
|
|
2492 }
|
|
|
2493
|
|
|
2494 /*
|
|
|
2495 * Return the appropriate pseudo mouse event token (KE_LEFTMOUSE etc) based on
|
|
|
2496 * the given information about which mouse button is down, and whether the
|
|
|
2497 * mouse was clicked, dragged or released.
|
|
|
2498 */
|
|
|
2499 int
|
|
|
2500 get_pseudo_mouse_code(button, is_click, is_drag)
|
|
|
2501 int button; /* eg MOUSE_LEFT */
|
|
|
2502 int is_click;
|
|
|
2503 int is_drag;
|
|
|
2504 {
|
|
|
2505 int i;
|
|
|
2506
|
|
|
2507 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++)
|
|
|
2508 if (button == mouse_table[i].button
|
|
|
2509 && is_click == mouse_table[i].is_click
|
|
|
2510 && is_drag == mouse_table[i].is_drag)
|
|
|
2511 {
|
|
|
2512 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
263
|
2513 /* Trick: a non mappable left click and release has mouse_col -1
|
|
|
2514 * or added MOUSE_COLOFF. Used for 'mousefocus' in
|
|
|
2515 * gui_mouse_moved() */
|
|
|
2516 if (mouse_col < 0 || mouse_col > MOUSE_COLOFF)
|
|
7
|
2517 {
|
|
263
|
2518 if (mouse_col < 0)
|
|
|
2519 mouse_col = 0;
|
|
|
2520 else
|
|
|
2521 mouse_col -= MOUSE_COLOFF;
|
|
7
|
2522 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE)
|
|
|
2523 return (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM;
|
|
|
2524 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE)
|
|
|
2525 return (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM;
|
|
|
2526 }
|
|
|
2527 #endif
|
|
|
2528 return mouse_table[i].pseudo_code;
|
|
|
2529 }
|
|
|
2530 return (int)KE_IGNORE; /* not recongnized, ignore it */
|
|
|
2531 }
|
|
|
2532 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */
|
|
|
2533
|
|
|
2534 /*
|
|
|
2535 * Return the current end-of-line type: EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC.
|
|
|
2536 */
|
|
|
2537 int
|
|
|
2538 get_fileformat(buf)
|
|
|
2539 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2540 {
|
|
|
2541 int c = *buf->b_p_ff;
|
|
|
2542
|
|
|
2543 if (buf->b_p_bin || c == 'u')
|
|
|
2544 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2545 if (c == 'm')
|
|
|
2546 return EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2547 return EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2548 }
|
|
|
2549
|
|
|
2550 /*
|
|
|
2551 * Like get_fileformat(), but override 'fileformat' with "p" for "++opt=val"
|
|
|
2552 * argument.
|
|
|
2553 */
|
|
|
2554 int
|
|
|
2555 get_fileformat_force(buf, eap)
|
|
|
2556 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2557 exarg_T *eap; /* can be NULL! */
|
|
|
2558 {
|
|
|
2559 int c;
|
|
|
2560
|
|
|
2561 if (eap != NULL && eap->force_ff != 0)
|
|
|
2562 c = eap->cmd[eap->force_ff];
|
|
|
2563 else
|
|
|
2564 {
|
|
|
2565 if ((eap != NULL && eap->force_bin != 0)
|
|
|
2566 ? (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) : buf->b_p_bin)
|
|
|
2567 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2568 c = *buf->b_p_ff;
|
|
|
2569 }
|
|
|
2570 if (c == 'u')
|
|
|
2571 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2572 if (c == 'm')
|
|
|
2573 return EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2574 return EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2575 }
|
|
|
2576
|
|
|
2577 /*
|
|
|
2578 * Set the current end-of-line type to EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC.
|
|
|
2579 * Sets both 'textmode' and 'fileformat'.
|
|
|
2580 * Note: Does _not_ set global value of 'textmode'!
|
|
|
2581 */
|
|
|
2582 void
|
|
|
2583 set_fileformat(t, opt_flags)
|
|
|
2584 int t;
|
|
|
2585 int opt_flags; /* OPT_LOCAL and/or OPT_GLOBAL */
|
|
|
2586 {
|
|
|
2587 char *p = NULL;
|
|
|
2588
|
|
|
2589 switch (t)
|
|
|
2590 {
|
|
|
2591 case EOL_DOS:
|
|
|
2592 p = FF_DOS;
|
|
|
2593 curbuf->b_p_tx = TRUE;
|
|
|
2594 break;
|
|
|
2595 case EOL_UNIX:
|
|
|
2596 p = FF_UNIX;
|
|
|
2597 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE;
|
|
|
2598 break;
|
|
|
2599 case EOL_MAC:
|
|
|
2600 p = FF_MAC;
|
|
|
2601 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE;
|
|
|
2602 break;
|
|
|
2603 }
|
|
|
2604 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
2605 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"ff", -1, (char_u *)p,
|
|
|
2606 OPT_FREE | opt_flags);
|
|
|
2607 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2608 check_status(curbuf);
|
|
|
2609 #endif
|
|
|
2610 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
2611 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
|
|
|
2612 #endif
|
|
|
2613 }
|
|
|
2614
|
|
|
2615 /*
|
|
|
2616 * Return the default fileformat from 'fileformats'.
|
|
|
2617 */
|
|
|
2618 int
|
|
|
2619 default_fileformat()
|
|
|
2620 {
|
|
|
2621 switch (*p_ffs)
|
|
|
2622 {
|
|
|
2623 case 'm': return EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2624 case 'd': return EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2625 }
|
|
|
2626 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2627 }
|
|
|
2628
|
|
|
2629 /*
|
|
|
2630 * Call shell. Calls mch_call_shell, with 'shellxquote' added.
|
|
|
2631 */
|
|
|
2632 int
|
|
|
2633 call_shell(cmd, opt)
|
|
|
2634 char_u *cmd;
|
|
|
2635 int opt;
|
|
|
2636 {
|
|
|
2637 char_u *ncmd;
|
|
|
2638 int retval;
|
|
170
|
2639 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE
|
|
|
2640 proftime_T wait_time;
|
|
|
2641 #endif
|
|
7
|
2642
|
|
|
2643 if (p_verbose > 3)
|
|
|
2644 {
|
|
293
|
2645 verbose_enter();
|
|
273
|
2646 smsg((char_u *)_("Calling shell to execute: \"%s\""),
|
|
7
|
2647 cmd == NULL ? p_sh : cmd);
|
|
|
2648 out_char('\n');
|
|
|
2649 cursor_on();
|
|
293
|
2650 verbose_leave();
|
|
7
|
2651 }
|
|
|
2652
|
|
170
|
2653 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE
|
|
|
2654 if (do_profiling)
|
|
|
2655 prof_child_enter(&wait_time);
|
|
|
2656 #endif
|
|
|
2657
|
|
7
|
2658 if (*p_sh == NUL)
|
|
|
2659 {
|
|
|
2660 EMSG(_(e_shellempty));
|
|
|
2661 retval = -1;
|
|
|
2662 }
|
|
|
2663 else
|
|
|
2664 {
|
|
|
2665 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
|
|
|
2666 /* Don't hide the pointer while executing a shell command. */
|
|
|
2667 gui_mch_mousehide(FALSE);
|
|
|
2668 #endif
|
|
|
2669 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2670 ++hold_gui_events;
|
|
|
2671 #endif
|
|
|
2672 /* The external command may update a tags file, clear cached tags. */
|
|
|
2673 tag_freematch();
|
|
|
2674
|
|
|
2675 if (cmd == NULL || *p_sxq == NUL)
|
|
|
2676 retval = mch_call_shell(cmd, opt);
|
|
|
2677 else
|
|
|
2678 {
|
|
|
2679 ncmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(cmd) + STRLEN(p_sxq) * 2 + 1));
|
|
|
2680 if (ncmd != NULL)
|
|
|
2681 {
|
|
|
2682 STRCPY(ncmd, p_sxq);
|
|
|
2683 STRCAT(ncmd, cmd);
|
|
|
2684 STRCAT(ncmd, p_sxq);
|
|
|
2685 retval = mch_call_shell(ncmd, opt);
|
|
|
2686 vim_free(ncmd);
|
|
|
2687 }
|
|
|
2688 else
|
|
|
2689 retval = -1;
|
|
|
2690 }
|
|
|
2691 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2692 --hold_gui_events;
|
|
|
2693 #endif
|
|
|
2694 /*
|
|
|
2695 * Check the window size, in case it changed while executing the
|
|
|
2696 * external command.
|
|
|
2697 */
|
|
|
2698 shell_resized_check();
|
|
|
2699 }
|
|
|
2700
|
|
|
2701 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2702 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SHELL_ERROR, (long)retval);
|
|
170
|
2703 # ifdef FEAT_PROFILE
|
|
|
2704 if (do_profiling)
|
|
|
2705 prof_child_exit(&wait_time);
|
|
|
2706 # endif
|
|
7
|
2707 #endif
|
|
|
2708
|
|
|
2709 return retval;
|
|
|
2710 }
|
|
|
2711
|
|
|
2712 /*
|
|
|
2713 * VISUAL and OP_PENDING State are never set, they are equal to NORMAL State
|
|
|
2714 * with a condition. This function returns the real State.
|
|
|
2715 */
|
|
|
2716 int
|
|
|
2717 get_real_state()
|
|
|
2718 {
|
|
|
2719 if (State & NORMAL)
|
|
|
2720 {
|
|
|
2721 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
2722 if (VIsual_active)
|
|
|
2723 return VISUAL;
|
|
|
2724 else
|
|
|
2725 #endif
|
|
|
2726 if (finish_op)
|
|
|
2727 return OP_PENDING;
|
|
|
2728 }
|
|
|
2729 return State;
|
|
|
2730 }
|
|
|
2731
|
|
39
|
2732 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2733 /*
|
|
|
2734 * Return TRUE if "p" points to just after a path separator.
|
|
|
2735 * Take care of multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
2736 * "b" must point to the start of the file name
|
|
|
2737 */
|
|
|
2738 int
|
|
|
2739 after_pathsep(b, p)
|
|
|
2740 char_u *b;
|
|
|
2741 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2742 {
|
|
|
2743 return vim_ispathsep(p[-1])
|
|
|
2744 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_head_off)(b, p - 1) == 0);
|
|
|
2745 }
|
|
|
2746 #endif
|
|
|
2747
|
|
|
2748 /*
|
|
|
2749 * Return TRUE if file names "f1" and "f2" are in the same directory.
|
|
|
2750 * "f1" may be a short name, "f2" must be a full path.
|
|
|
2751 */
|
|
|
2752 int
|
|
|
2753 same_directory(f1, f2)
|
|
|
2754 char_u *f1;
|
|
|
2755 char_u *f2;
|
|
|
2756 {
|
|
|
2757 char_u ffname[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
2758 char_u *t1;
|
|
|
2759 char_u *t2;
|
|
|
2760
|
|
|
2761 /* safety check */
|
|
|
2762 if (f1 == NULL || f2 == NULL)
|
|
|
2763 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2764
|
|
|
2765 (void)vim_FullName(f1, ffname, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
2766 t1 = gettail_sep(ffname);
|
|
|
2767 t2 = gettail_sep(f2);
|
|
|
2768 return (t1 - ffname == t2 - f2
|
|
|
2769 && pathcmp((char *)ffname, (char *)f2, (int)(t1 - ffname)) == 0);
|
|
|
2770 }
|
|
|
2771
|
|
7
|
2772 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MAC) \
|
|
11
|
2773 || ((defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(FEAT_GUI_KDE)) \
|
|
|
2774 && ( defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_DND)) ) \
|
|
7
|
2775 || defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) \
|
|
|
2776 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2777 /*
|
|
|
2778 * Change to a file's directory.
|
|
|
2779 * Caller must call shorten_fnames()!
|
|
|
2780 * Return OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
2781 */
|
|
|
2782 int
|
|
|
2783 vim_chdirfile(fname)
|
|
|
2784 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
2785 {
|
|
39
|
2786 char_u dir[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
2787
|
|
|
2788 STRNCPY(dir, fname, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
2789 dir[MAXPATHL - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
2790 *gettail_sep(dir) = NUL;
|
|
|
2791 return mch_chdir((char *)dir) == 0 ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2792 }
|
|
|
2793 #endif
|
|
|
2794
|
|
|
2795 #if defined(STAT_IGNORES_SLASH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2796 /*
|
|
|
2797 * Check if "name" ends in a slash and is not a directory.
|
|
|
2798 * Used for systems where stat() ignores a trailing slash on a file name.
|
|
|
2799 * The Vim code assumes a trailing slash is only ignored for a directory.
|
|
|
2800 */
|
|
|
2801 int
|
|
|
2802 illegal_slash(name)
|
|
|
2803 char *name;
|
|
|
2804 {
|
|
|
2805 if (name[0] == NUL)
|
|
|
2806 return FALSE; /* no file name is not illegal */
|
|
|
2807 if (name[strlen(name) - 1] != '/')
|
|
|
2808 return FALSE; /* no trailing slash */
|
|
|
2809 if (mch_isdir((char_u *)name))
|
|
|
2810 return FALSE; /* trailing slash for a directory */
|
|
|
2811 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2812 }
|
|
|
2813 #endif
|
|
|
2814
|
|
|
2815 #if defined(CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2816
|
|
|
2817 /*
|
|
|
2818 * Handling of cursor and mouse pointer shapes in various modes.
|
|
|
2819 */
|
|
|
2820
|
|
|
2821 cursorentry_T shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_COUNT] =
|
|
|
2822 {
|
|
|
2823 /* The values will be filled in from the 'guicursor' and 'mouseshape'
|
|
|
2824 * defaults when Vim starts.
|
|
|
2825 * Adjust the SHAPE_IDX_ defines when making changes! */
|
|
|
2826 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "n", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
2827 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "v", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
2828 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "i", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
2829 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "r", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
2830 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "c", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
2831 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ci", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
2832 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "cr", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
2833 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "o", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
2834 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ve", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
2835 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "e", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
2836 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "s", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
2837 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "sd", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
2838 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vs", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
2839 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vd", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
2840 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "m", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
2841 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "ml", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
2842 {0, 0, 0, 100L, 100L, 100L, 0, 0, "sm", SHAPE_CURSOR},
|
|
|
2843 };
|
|
|
2844
|
|
|
2845 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
2846 /*
|
|
|
2847 * Table with names for mouse shapes. Keep in sync with all the tables for
|
|
|
2848 * mch_set_mouse_shape()!.
|
|
|
2849 */
|
|
|
2850 static char * mshape_names[] =
|
|
|
2851 {
|
|
|
2852 "arrow", /* default, must be the first one */
|
|
|
2853 "blank", /* hidden */
|
|
|
2854 "beam",
|
|
|
2855 "updown",
|
|
|
2856 "udsizing",
|
|
|
2857 "leftright",
|
|
|
2858 "lrsizing",
|
|
|
2859 "busy",
|
|
|
2860 "no",
|
|
|
2861 "crosshair",
|
|
|
2862 "hand1",
|
|
|
2863 "hand2",
|
|
|
2864 "pencil",
|
|
|
2865 "question",
|
|
|
2866 "rightup-arrow",
|
|
|
2867 "up-arrow",
|
|
|
2868 NULL
|
|
|
2869 };
|
|
|
2870 #endif
|
|
|
2871
|
|
|
2872 /*
|
|
|
2873 * Parse the 'guicursor' option ("what" is SHAPE_CURSOR) or 'mouseshape'
|
|
|
2874 * ("what" is SHAPE_MOUSE).
|
|
|
2875 * Returns error message for an illegal option, NULL otherwise.
|
|
|
2876 */
|
|
|
2877 char_u *
|
|
|
2878 parse_shape_opt(what)
|
|
|
2879 int what;
|
|
|
2880 {
|
|
|
2881 char_u *modep;
|
|
|
2882 char_u *colonp;
|
|
|
2883 char_u *commap;
|
|
|
2884 char_u *slashp;
|
|
|
2885 char_u *p, *endp;
|
|
|
2886 int idx = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
2887 int all_idx;
|
|
|
2888 int len;
|
|
|
2889 int i;
|
|
|
2890 long n;
|
|
|
2891 int found_ve = FALSE; /* found "ve" flag */
|
|
|
2892 int round;
|
|
|
2893
|
|
|
2894 /*
|
|
|
2895 * First round: check for errors; second round: do it for real.
|
|
|
2896 */
|
|
|
2897 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
2898 {
|
|
|
2899 /*
|
|
|
2900 * Repeat for all comma separated parts.
|
|
|
2901 */
|
|
|
2902 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
2903 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
2904 modep = p_mouseshape;
|
|
|
2905 else
|
|
|
2906 #endif
|
|
|
2907 modep = p_guicursor;
|
|
|
2908 while (*modep != NUL)
|
|
|
2909 {
|
|
|
2910 colonp = vim_strchr(modep, ':');
|
|
|
2911 if (colonp == NULL)
|
|
|
2912 return (char_u *)N_("E545: Missing colon");
|
|
|
2913 if (colonp == modep)
|
|
|
2914 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode");
|
|
|
2915 commap = vim_strchr(modep, ',');
|
|
|
2916
|
|
|
2917 /*
|
|
|
2918 * Repeat for all mode's before the colon.
|
|
|
2919 * For the 'a' mode, we loop to handle all the modes.
|
|
|
2920 */
|
|
|
2921 all_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2922 while (modep < colonp || all_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
2923 {
|
|
|
2924 if (all_idx < 0)
|
|
|
2925 {
|
|
|
2926 /* Find the mode. */
|
|
|
2927 if (modep[1] == '-' || modep[1] == ':')
|
|
|
2928 len = 1;
|
|
|
2929 else
|
|
|
2930 len = 2;
|
|
|
2931 if (len == 1 && TOLOWER_ASC(modep[0]) == 'a')
|
|
|
2932 all_idx = SHAPE_IDX_COUNT - 1;
|
|
|
2933 else
|
|
|
2934 {
|
|
|
2935 for (idx = 0; idx < SHAPE_IDX_COUNT; ++idx)
|
|
|
2936 if (STRNICMP(modep, shape_table[idx].name, len)
|
|
|
2937 == 0)
|
|
|
2938 break;
|
|
|
2939 if (idx == SHAPE_IDX_COUNT
|
|
|
2940 || (shape_table[idx].used_for & what) == 0)
|
|
|
2941 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode");
|
|
|
2942 if (len == 2 && modep[0] == 'v' && modep[1] == 'e')
|
|
|
2943 found_ve = TRUE;
|
|
|
2944 }
|
|
|
2945 modep += len + 1;
|
|
|
2946 }
|
|
|
2947
|
|
|
2948 if (all_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
2949 idx = all_idx--;
|
|
|
2950 else if (round == 2)
|
|
|
2951 {
|
|
|
2952 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
2953 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
2954 {
|
|
|
2955 /* Set the default, for the missing parts */
|
|
|
2956 shape_table[idx].mshape = 0;
|
|
|
2957 }
|
|
|
2958 else
|
|
|
2959 #endif
|
|
|
2960 {
|
|
|
2961 /* Set the defaults, for the missing parts */
|
|
|
2962 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK;
|
|
|
2963 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = 700L;
|
|
|
2964 shape_table[idx].blinkon = 400L;
|
|
|
2965 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = 250L;
|
|
|
2966 }
|
|
|
2967 }
|
|
|
2968
|
|
|
2969 /* Parse the part after the colon */
|
|
|
2970 for (p = colonp + 1; *p && *p != ','; )
|
|
|
2971 {
|
|
|
2972 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
2973 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
2974 {
|
|
|
2975 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
|
|
|
2976 {
|
|
|
2977 if (mshape_names[i] == NULL)
|
|
|
2978 {
|
|
|
2979 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
|
|
|
2980 return (char_u *)N_("E547: Illegal mouseshape");
|
|
|
2981 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
2982 shape_table[idx].mshape =
|
|
|
2983 getdigits(&p) + MSHAPE_NUMBERED;
|
|
|
2984 else
|
|
|
2985 (void)getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
2986 break;
|
|
|
2987 }
|
|
|
2988 len = (int)STRLEN(mshape_names[i]);
|
|
|
2989 if (STRNICMP(p, mshape_names[i], len) == 0)
|
|
|
2990 {
|
|
|
2991 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
2992 shape_table[idx].mshape = i;
|
|
|
2993 p += len;
|
|
|
2994 break;
|
|
|
2995 }
|
|
|
2996 }
|
|
|
2997 }
|
|
|
2998 else /* if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) */
|
|
|
2999 #endif
|
|
|
3000 {
|
|
|
3001 /*
|
|
|
3002 * First handle the ones with a number argument.
|
|
|
3003 */
|
|
|
3004 i = *p;
|
|
|
3005 len = 0;
|
|
|
3006 if (STRNICMP(p, "ver", 3) == 0)
|
|
|
3007 len = 3;
|
|
|
3008 else if (STRNICMP(p, "hor", 3) == 0)
|
|
|
3009 len = 3;
|
|
|
3010 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkwait", 9) == 0)
|
|
|
3011 len = 9;
|
|
|
3012 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkon", 7) == 0)
|
|
|
3013 len = 7;
|
|
|
3014 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkoff", 8) == 0)
|
|
|
3015 len = 8;
|
|
|
3016 if (len != 0)
|
|
|
3017 {
|
|
|
3018 p += len;
|
|
|
3019 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
|
|
|
3020 return (char_u *)N_("E548: digit expected");
|
|
|
3021 n = getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
3022 if (len == 3) /* "ver" or "hor" */
|
|
|
3023 {
|
|
|
3024 if (n == 0)
|
|
|
3025 return (char_u *)N_("E549: Illegal percentage");
|
|
|
3026 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3027 {
|
|
|
3028 if (TOLOWER_ASC(i) == 'v')
|
|
|
3029 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_VER;
|
|
|
3030 else
|
|
|
3031 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_HOR;
|
|
|
3032 shape_table[idx].percentage = n;
|
|
|
3033 }
|
|
|
3034 }
|
|
|
3035 else if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3036 {
|
|
|
3037 if (len == 9)
|
|
|
3038 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = n;
|
|
|
3039 else if (len == 7)
|
|
|
3040 shape_table[idx].blinkon = n;
|
|
|
3041 else
|
|
|
3042 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = n;
|
|
|
3043 }
|
|
|
3044 }
|
|
|
3045 else if (STRNICMP(p, "block", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
3046 {
|
|
|
3047 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3048 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK;
|
|
|
3049 p += 5;
|
|
|
3050 }
|
|
|
3051 else /* must be a highlight group name then */
|
|
|
3052 {
|
|
|
3053 endp = vim_strchr(p, '-');
|
|
|
3054 if (commap == NULL) /* last part */
|
|
|
3055 {
|
|
|
3056 if (endp == NULL)
|
|
|
3057 endp = p + STRLEN(p); /* find end of part */
|
|
|
3058 }
|
|
|
3059 else if (endp > commap || endp == NULL)
|
|
|
3060 endp = commap;
|
|
|
3061 slashp = vim_strchr(p, '/');
|
|
|
3062 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp)
|
|
|
3063 {
|
|
|
3064 /* "group/langmap_group" */
|
|
|
3065 i = syn_check_group(p, (int)(slashp - p));
|
|
|
3066 p = slashp + 1;
|
|
|
3067 }
|
|
|
3068 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3069 {
|
|
|
3070 shape_table[idx].id = syn_check_group(p,
|
|
|
3071 (int)(endp - p));
|
|
|
3072 shape_table[idx].id_lm = shape_table[idx].id;
|
|
|
3073 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp)
|
|
|
3074 shape_table[idx].id = i;
|
|
|
3075 }
|
|
|
3076 p = endp;
|
|
|
3077 }
|
|
|
3078 } /* if (what != SHAPE_MOUSE) */
|
|
|
3079
|
|
|
3080 if (*p == '-')
|
|
|
3081 ++p;
|
|
|
3082 }
|
|
|
3083 }
|
|
|
3084 modep = p;
|
|
|
3085 if (*modep == ',')
|
|
|
3086 ++modep;
|
|
|
3087 }
|
|
|
3088 }
|
|
|
3089
|
|
|
3090 /* If the 's' flag is not given, use the 'v' cursor for 's' */
|
|
|
3091 if (!found_ve)
|
|
|
3092 {
|
|
|
3093 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3094 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3095 {
|
|
|
3096 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].mshape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].mshape;
|
|
|
3097 }
|
|
|
3098 else
|
|
|
3099 #endif
|
|
|
3100 {
|
|
|
3101 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].shape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].shape;
|
|
|
3102 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].percentage =
|
|
|
3103 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].percentage;
|
|
|
3104 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkwait =
|
|
|
3105 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkwait;
|
|
|
3106 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkon =
|
|
|
3107 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkon;
|
|
|
3108 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkoff =
|
|
|
3109 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkoff;
|
|
|
3110 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id;
|
|
|
3111 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id_lm = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id_lm;
|
|
|
3112 }
|
|
|
3113 }
|
|
|
3114
|
|
|
3115 return NULL;
|
|
|
3116 }
|
|
|
3117
|
|
|
3118 /*
|
|
|
3119 * Return the index into shape_table[] for the current mode.
|
|
|
3120 * When "mouse" is TRUE, consider indexes valid for the mouse pointer.
|
|
|
3121 */
|
|
|
3122 int
|
|
|
3123 get_shape_idx(mouse)
|
|
|
3124 int mouse;
|
|
|
3125 {
|
|
|
3126 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3127 if (mouse && (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE))
|
|
|
3128 {
|
|
|
3129 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
87
|
3130 int x, y;
|
|
|
3131 gui_mch_getmouse(&x, &y);
|
|
|
3132 if (Y_2_ROW(y) == Rows - 1)
|
|
7
|
3133 return SHAPE_IDX_MOREL;
|
|
|
3134 # endif
|
|
|
3135 return SHAPE_IDX_MORE;
|
|
|
3136 }
|
|
|
3137 if (mouse && drag_status_line)
|
|
|
3138 return SHAPE_IDX_SDRAG;
|
|
|
3139 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
3140 if (mouse && drag_sep_line)
|
|
|
3141 return SHAPE_IDX_VDRAG;
|
|
|
3142 # endif
|
|
|
3143 #endif
|
|
|
3144 if (!mouse && State == SHOWMATCH)
|
|
|
3145 return SHAPE_IDX_SM;
|
|
|
3146 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
3147 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
3148 return SHAPE_IDX_R;
|
|
|
3149 #endif
|
|
|
3150 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
3151 return SHAPE_IDX_R;
|
|
|
3152 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
3153 return SHAPE_IDX_I;
|
|
|
3154 if (State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3155 {
|
|
|
3156 if (cmdline_at_end())
|
|
|
3157 return SHAPE_IDX_C;
|
|
|
3158 if (cmdline_overstrike())
|
|
|
3159 return SHAPE_IDX_CR;
|
|
|
3160 return SHAPE_IDX_CI;
|
|
|
3161 }
|
|
|
3162 if (finish_op)
|
|
|
3163 return SHAPE_IDX_O;
|
|
|
3164 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
3165 if (VIsual_active)
|
|
|
3166 {
|
|
|
3167 if (*p_sel == 'e')
|
|
|
3168 return SHAPE_IDX_VE;
|
|
|
3169 else
|
|
|
3170 return SHAPE_IDX_V;
|
|
|
3171 }
|
|
|
3172 #endif
|
|
|
3173 return SHAPE_IDX_N;
|
|
|
3174 }
|
|
|
3175
|
|
|
3176 # if defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3177 static int old_mouse_shape = 0;
|
|
|
3178
|
|
|
3179 /*
|
|
|
3180 * Set the mouse shape:
|
|
|
3181 * If "shape" is -1, use shape depending on the current mode,
|
|
|
3182 * depending on the current state.
|
|
|
3183 * If "shape" is -2, only update the shape when it's CLINE or STATUS (used
|
|
|
3184 * when the mouse moves off the status or command line).
|
|
|
3185 */
|
|
|
3186 void
|
|
|
3187 update_mouseshape(shape_idx)
|
|
|
3188 int shape_idx;
|
|
|
3189 {
|
|
|
3190 int new_mouse_shape;
|
|
|
3191
|
|
|
3192 /* Only works in GUI mode. */
|
|
227
|
3193 if (!gui.in_use || gui.starting)
|
|
7
|
3194 return;
|
|
|
3195
|
|
|
3196 /* Postpone the updating when more is to come. Speeds up executing of
|
|
|
3197 * mappings. */
|
|
|
3198 if (shape_idx == -1 && char_avail())
|
|
|
3199 {
|
|
|
3200 postponed_mouseshape = TRUE;
|
|
|
3201 return;
|
|
|
3202 }
|
|
|
3203
|
|
|
3204 if (shape_idx == -2
|
|
|
3205 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_CLINE].mshape
|
|
|
3206 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_STATUS].mshape
|
|
|
3207 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VSEP].mshape)
|
|
|
3208 return;
|
|
|
3209 if (shape_idx < 0)
|
|
|
3210 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[get_shape_idx(TRUE)].mshape;
|
|
|
3211 else
|
|
|
3212 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[shape_idx].mshape;
|
|
|
3213 if (new_mouse_shape != old_mouse_shape)
|
|
|
3214 {
|
|
|
3215 mch_set_mouse_shape(new_mouse_shape);
|
|
|
3216 old_mouse_shape = new_mouse_shape;
|
|
|
3217 }
|
|
|
3218 postponed_mouseshape = FALSE;
|
|
|
3219 }
|
|
|
3220 # endif
|
|
|
3221
|
|
|
3222 #endif /* CURSOR_SHAPE */
|
|
|
3223
|
|
|
3224
|
|
|
3225 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT
|
|
|
3226 /*
|
|
|
3227 * Optional encryption suypport.
|
|
|
3228 * Mohsin Ahmed, mosh@sasi.com, 98-09-24
|
|
|
3229 * Based on zip/crypt sources.
|
|
|
3230 *
|
|
|
3231 * NOTE FOR USA: Since 2000 exporting this code from the USA is allowed to
|
|
|
3232 * most countries. There are a few exceptions, but that still should not be a
|
|
|
3233 * problem since this code was originally created in Europe and India.
|
|
|
3234 */
|
|
|
3235
|
|
|
3236 /* from zip.h */
|
|
|
3237
|
|
|
3238 typedef unsigned short ush; /* unsigned 16-bit value */
|
|
|
3239 typedef unsigned long ulg; /* unsigned 32-bit value */
|
|
|
3240
|
|
|
3241 static void make_crc_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3242
|
|
297
|
3243 static ulg crc_32_tab[256];
|
|
7
|
3244
|
|
|
3245 /*
|
|
|
3246 * Fill the CRC table.
|
|
|
3247 */
|
|
|
3248 static void
|
|
|
3249 make_crc_tab()
|
|
|
3250 {
|
|
|
3251 ulg s,t,v;
|
|
|
3252 static int done = FALSE;
|
|
|
3253
|
|
|
3254 if (done)
|
|
|
3255 return;
|
|
|
3256 for (t = 0; t < 256; t++)
|
|
|
3257 {
|
|
|
3258 v = t;
|
|
|
3259 for (s = 0; s < 8; s++)
|
|
|
3260 v = (v >> 1) ^ ((v & 1) * (ulg)0xedb88320L);
|
|
|
3261 crc_32_tab[t] = v;
|
|
|
3262 }
|
|
|
3263 done = TRUE;
|
|
|
3264 }
|
|
|
3265
|
|
|
3266 #define CRC32(c, b) (crc_32_tab[((int)(c) ^ (b)) & 0xff] ^ ((c) >> 8))
|
|
|
3267
|
|
|
3268
|
|
|
3269 static ulg keys[3]; /* keys defining the pseudo-random sequence */
|
|
|
3270
|
|
|
3271 /*
|
|
|
3272 * Return the next byte in the pseudo-random sequence
|
|
|
3273 */
|
|
|
3274 int
|
|
|
3275 decrypt_byte()
|
|
|
3276 {
|
|
|
3277 ush temp;
|
|
|
3278
|
|
|
3279 temp = (ush)keys[2] | 2;
|
|
|
3280 return (int)(((unsigned)(temp * (temp ^ 1)) >> 8) & 0xff);
|
|
|
3281 }
|
|
|
3282
|
|
|
3283 /*
|
|
|
3284 * Update the encryption keys with the next byte of plain text
|
|
|
3285 */
|
|
|
3286 int
|
|
|
3287 update_keys(c)
|
|
|
3288 int c; /* byte of plain text */
|
|
|
3289 {
|
|
|
3290 keys[0] = CRC32(keys[0], c);
|
|
|
3291 keys[1] += keys[0] & 0xff;
|
|
|
3292 keys[1] = keys[1] * 134775813L + 1;
|
|
|
3293 keys[2] = CRC32(keys[2], (int)(keys[1] >> 24));
|
|
|
3294 return c;
|
|
|
3295 }
|
|
|
3296
|
|
|
3297 /*
|
|
|
3298 * Initialize the encryption keys and the random header according to
|
|
|
3299 * the given password.
|
|
|
3300 * If "passwd" is NULL or empty, don't do anything.
|
|
|
3301 */
|
|
|
3302 void
|
|
|
3303 crypt_init_keys(passwd)
|
|
|
3304 char_u *passwd; /* password string with which to modify keys */
|
|
|
3305 {
|
|
|
3306 if (passwd != NULL && *passwd != NUL)
|
|
|
3307 {
|
|
|
3308 make_crc_tab();
|
|
|
3309 keys[0] = 305419896L;
|
|
|
3310 keys[1] = 591751049L;
|
|
|
3311 keys[2] = 878082192L;
|
|
|
3312 while (*passwd != '\0')
|
|
|
3313 update_keys((int)*passwd++);
|
|
|
3314 }
|
|
|
3315 }
|
|
|
3316
|
|
|
3317 /*
|
|
|
3318 * Ask the user for a crypt key.
|
|
|
3319 * When "store" is TRUE, the new key in stored in the 'key' option, and the
|
|
|
3320 * 'key' option value is returned: Don't free it.
|
|
|
3321 * When "store" is FALSE, the typed key is returned in allocated memory.
|
|
|
3322 * Returns NULL on failure.
|
|
|
3323 */
|
|
|
3324 char_u *
|
|
|
3325 get_crypt_key(store, twice)
|
|
|
3326 int store;
|
|
|
3327 int twice; /* Ask for the key twice. */
|
|
|
3328 {
|
|
|
3329 char_u *p1, *p2 = NULL;
|
|
|
3330 int round;
|
|
|
3331
|
|
|
3332 for (round = 0; ; ++round)
|
|
|
3333 {
|
|
|
3334 cmdline_star = TRUE;
|
|
|
3335 cmdline_row = msg_row;
|
|
|
3336 p1 = getcmdline_prompt(NUL, round == 0
|
|
|
3337 ? (char_u *)_("Enter encryption key: ")
|
|
|
3338 : (char_u *)_("Enter same key again: "), 0);
|
|
|
3339 cmdline_star = FALSE;
|
|
|
3340
|
|
|
3341 if (p1 == NULL)
|
|
|
3342 break;
|
|
|
3343
|
|
|
3344 if (round == twice)
|
|
|
3345 {
|
|
|
3346 if (p2 != NULL && STRCMP(p1, p2) != 0)
|
|
|
3347 {
|
|
|
3348 MSG(_("Keys don't match!"));
|
|
|
3349 vim_free(p1);
|
|
|
3350 vim_free(p2);
|
|
|
3351 p2 = NULL;
|
|
|
3352 round = -1; /* do it again */
|
|
|
3353 continue;
|
|
|
3354 }
|
|
|
3355 if (store)
|
|
|
3356 {
|
|
|
3357 set_option_value((char_u *)"key", 0L, p1, OPT_LOCAL);
|
|
|
3358 vim_free(p1);
|
|
|
3359 p1 = curbuf->b_p_key;
|
|
|
3360 }
|
|
|
3361 break;
|
|
|
3362 }
|
|
|
3363 p2 = p1;
|
|
|
3364 }
|
|
|
3365
|
|
|
3366 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */
|
|
|
3367 need_wait_return = FALSE;
|
|
|
3368 msg_didout = FALSE;
|
|
|
3369
|
|
|
3370 vim_free(p2);
|
|
|
3371 return p1;
|
|
|
3372 }
|
|
|
3373
|
|
|
3374 #endif /* FEAT_CRYPT */
|
|
|
3375
|
|
|
3376 /* TODO: make some #ifdef for this */
|
|
|
3377 /*--------[ file searching ]-------------------------------------------------*/
|
|
|
3378 /*
|
|
|
3379 * File searching functions for 'path', 'tags' and 'cdpath' options.
|
|
|
3380 * External visible functions:
|
|
|
3381 * vim_findfile_init() creates/initialises the search context
|
|
|
3382 * vim_findfile_free_visited() free list of visited files/dirs of search
|
|
|
3383 * context
|
|
|
3384 * vim_findfile() find a file in the search context
|
|
|
3385 * vim_findfile_cleanup() cleanup/free search context created by
|
|
|
3386 * vim_findfile_init()
|
|
|
3387 *
|
|
|
3388 * All static functions and variables start with 'ff_'
|
|
|
3389 *
|
|
|
3390 * In general it works like this:
|
|
|
3391 * First you create yourself a search context by calling vim_findfile_init().
|
|
|
3392 * It is possible to give a search context from a previous call to
|
|
|
3393 * vim_findfile_init(), so it can be reused. After this you call vim_findfile()
|
|
|
3394 * until you are satisfied with the result or it returns NULL. On every call it
|
|
|
3395 * returns the next file which matches the conditions given to
|
|
|
3396 * vim_findfile_init(). If it doesn't find a next file it returns NULL.
|
|
|
3397 *
|
|
|
3398 * It is possible to call vim_findfile_init() again to reinitialise your search
|
|
|
3399 * with some new parameters. Don't forget to pass your old search context to
|
|
|
3400 * it, so it can reuse it and especially reuse the list of already visited
|
|
|
3401 * directories. If you want to delete the list of already visited directories
|
|
|
3402 * simply call vim_findfile_free_visited().
|
|
|
3403 *
|
|
|
3404 * When you are done call vim_findfile_cleanup() to free the search context.
|
|
|
3405 *
|
|
|
3406 * The function vim_findfile_init() has a long comment, which describes the
|
|
|
3407 * needed parameters.
|
|
|
3408 *
|
|
|
3409 *
|
|
|
3410 *
|
|
|
3411 * ATTENTION:
|
|
|
3412 * ==========
|
|
|
3413 * Also we use an allocated search context here, this functions ARE NOT
|
|
|
3414 * thread-safe!!!!!
|
|
|
3415 *
|
|
|
3416 * To minimize parameter passing (or because I'm to lazy), only the
|
|
|
3417 * external visible functions get a search context as a parameter. This is
|
|
|
3418 * then assigned to a static global, which is used throughout the local
|
|
|
3419 * functions.
|
|
|
3420 */
|
|
|
3421
|
|
|
3422 /*
|
|
|
3423 * type for the directory search stack
|
|
|
3424 */
|
|
|
3425 typedef struct ff_stack
|
|
|
3426 {
|
|
|
3427 struct ff_stack *ffs_prev;
|
|
|
3428
|
|
|
3429 /* the fix part (no wildcards) and the part containing the wildcards
|
|
|
3430 * of the search path
|
|
|
3431 */
|
|
|
3432 char_u *ffs_fix_path;
|
|
|
3433 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3434 char_u *ffs_wc_path;
|
|
|
3435 #endif
|
|
|
3436
|
|
|
3437 /* files/dirs found in the above directory, matched by the first wildcard
|
|
|
3438 * of wc_part
|
|
|
3439 */
|
|
|
3440 char_u **ffs_filearray;
|
|
|
3441 int ffs_filearray_size;
|
|
|
3442 char_u ffs_filearray_cur; /* needed for partly handled dirs */
|
|
|
3443
|
|
|
3444 /* to store status of partly handled directories
|
|
|
3445 * 0: we work the on this directory for the first time
|
|
|
3446 * 1: this directory was partly searched in an earlier step
|
|
|
3447 */
|
|
|
3448 int ffs_stage;
|
|
|
3449
|
|
|
3450 /* How deep are we in the directory tree?
|
|
|
3451 * Counts backward from value of level parameter to vim_findfile_init
|
|
|
3452 */
|
|
|
3453 int ffs_level;
|
|
|
3454
|
|
|
3455 /* Did we already expand '**' to an empty string? */
|
|
|
3456 int ffs_star_star_empty;
|
|
|
3457 } ff_stack_T;
|
|
|
3458
|
|
|
3459 /*
|
|
|
3460 * type for already visited directories or files.
|
|
|
3461 */
|
|
|
3462 typedef struct ff_visited
|
|
|
3463 {
|
|
|
3464 struct ff_visited *ffv_next;
|
|
|
3465
|
|
|
3466 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3467 /* Visited directories are different if the wildcard string are
|
|
|
3468 * different. So we have to save it.
|
|
|
3469 */
|
|
|
3470 char_u *ffv_wc_path;
|
|
|
3471 #endif
|
|
|
3472 /* for unix use inode etc for comparison (needed because of links), else
|
|
|
3473 * use filename.
|
|
|
3474 */
|
|
|
3475 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3476 int ffv_dev; /* device number (-1 if not set) */
|
|
|
3477 ino_t ffv_ino; /* inode number */
|
|
|
3478 #endif
|
|
|
3479 /* The memory for this struct is allocated according to the length of
|
|
|
3480 * ffv_fname.
|
|
|
3481 */
|
|
|
3482 char_u ffv_fname[1]; /* actually longer */
|
|
|
3483 } ff_visited_T;
|
|
|
3484
|
|
|
3485 /*
|
|
|
3486 * We might have to manage several visited lists during a search.
|
|
|
3487 * This is expecially needed for the tags option. If tags is set to:
|
|
|
3488 * "./++/tags,./++/TAGS,++/tags" (replace + with *)
|
|
|
3489 * So we have to do 3 searches:
|
|
|
3490 * 1) search from the current files directory downward for the file "tags"
|
|
|
3491 * 2) search from the current files directory downward for the file "TAGS"
|
|
|
3492 * 3) search from Vims current directory downwards for the file "tags"
|
|
|
3493 * As you can see, the first and the third search are for the same file, so for
|
|
|
3494 * the third search we can use the visited list of the first search. For the
|
|
|
3495 * second search we must start from a empty visited list.
|
|
|
3496 * The struct ff_visited_list_hdr is used to manage a linked list of already
|
|
|
3497 * visited lists.
|
|
|
3498 */
|
|
|
3499 typedef struct ff_visited_list_hdr
|
|
|
3500 {
|
|
|
3501 struct ff_visited_list_hdr *ffvl_next;
|
|
|
3502
|
|
|
3503 /* the filename the attached visited list is for */
|
|
|
3504 char_u *ffvl_filename;
|
|
|
3505
|
|
|
3506 ff_visited_T *ffvl_visited_list;
|
|
|
3507
|
|
|
3508 } ff_visited_list_hdr_T;
|
|
|
3509
|
|
|
3510
|
|
|
3511 /*
|
|
|
3512 * '**' can be expanded to several directory levels.
|
|
|
3513 * Set the default maximium depth.
|
|
|
3514 */
|
|
|
3515 #define FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND ((char_u)30)
|
|
|
3516 /*
|
|
|
3517 * The search context:
|
|
|
3518 * ffsc_stack_ptr: the stack for the dirs to search
|
|
|
3519 * ffsc_visited_list: the currently active visited list
|
|
|
3520 * ffsc_dir_visited_list: the currently active visited list for search dirs
|
|
|
3521 * ffsc_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists
|
|
|
3522 * ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists for search dirs
|
|
|
3523 * ffsc_file_to_search: the file to search for
|
|
|
3524 * ffsc_start_dir: the starting directory, if search path was relative
|
|
|
3525 * ffsc_fix_path: the fix part of the given path (without wildcards)
|
|
|
3526 * Needed for upward search.
|
|
|
3527 * ffsc_wc_path: the part of the given path containing wildcards
|
|
|
3528 * ffsc_level: how many levels of dirs to search downwards
|
|
|
3529 * ffsc_stopdirs_v: array of stop directories for upward search
|
|
|
3530 * ffsc_need_dir: TRUE if we search for a directory
|
|
|
3531 */
|
|
|
3532 typedef struct ff_search_ctx_T
|
|
|
3533 {
|
|
|
3534 ff_stack_T *ffsc_stack_ptr;
|
|
|
3535 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_list;
|
|
|
3536 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_list;
|
|
|
3537 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_lists_list;
|
|
|
3538 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list;
|
|
|
3539 char_u *ffsc_file_to_search;
|
|
|
3540 char_u *ffsc_start_dir;
|
|
|
3541 char_u *ffsc_fix_path;
|
|
|
3542 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3543 char_u *ffsc_wc_path;
|
|
|
3544 int ffsc_level;
|
|
|
3545 char_u **ffsc_stopdirs_v;
|
|
|
3546 #endif
|
|
|
3547 int ffsc_need_dir;
|
|
|
3548 }ff_search_ctx_T;
|
|
|
3549 static ff_search_ctx_T *ff_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
|
3550
|
|
|
3551 /* used for expanding filenames */
|
|
|
3552 static char_u *ff_expand_buffer = NULL;
|
|
|
3553
|
|
|
3554 /* locally needed functions */
|
|
|
3555 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3556 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *, char_u *));
|
|
|
3557 #else
|
|
|
3558 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *));
|
|
|
3559 #endif
|
|
|
3560 static void vim_findfile_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp));
|
|
|
3561 static void ff_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_T *vl));
|
|
|
3562 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T* ff_get_visited_list __ARGS((char_u *, ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp));
|
|
|
3563 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3564 static int ff_wc_equal __ARGS((char_u *s1, char_u *s2));
|
|
|
3565 #endif
|
|
|
3566
|
|
|
3567 static void ff_push __ARGS((ff_stack_T *));
|
|
|
3568 static ff_stack_T * ff_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3569 static void ff_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3570 static void ff_free_stack_element __ARGS((ff_stack_T *));
|
|
|
3571 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3572 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, int, int));
|
|
|
3573 #else
|
|
|
3574 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
|
|
|
3575 #endif
|
|
|
3576 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3577 static int ff_path_in_stoplist __ARGS((char_u *, int, char_u **));
|
|
|
3578 #endif
|
|
|
3579
|
|
|
3580 #if 0
|
|
|
3581 /*
|
|
|
3582 * if someone likes findfirst/findnext, here are the functions
|
|
|
3583 * NOT TESTED!!
|
|
|
3584 */
|
|
|
3585
|
|
|
3586 static void *ff_fn_search_context = NULL;
|
|
|
3587
|
|
|
3588 char_u *
|
|
|
3589 vim_findfirst(path, filename, level)
|
|
|
3590 char_u *path;
|
|
|
3591 char_u *filename;
|
|
|
3592 int level;
|
|
|
3593 {
|
|
|
3594 ff_fn_search_context =
|
|
|
3595 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, NULL, level, TRUE, FALSE,
|
|
|
3596 ff_fn_search_context, rel_fname);
|
|
|
3597 if (NULL == ff_fn_search_context)
|
|
|
3598 return NULL;
|
|
|
3599 else
|
|
|
3600 return vim_findnext()
|
|
|
3601 }
|
|
|
3602
|
|
|
3603 char_u *
|
|
|
3604 vim_findnext()
|
|
|
3605 {
|
|
|
3606 char_u *ret = vim_findfile(ff_fn_search_context);
|
|
|
3607
|
|
|
3608 if (NULL == ret)
|
|
|
3609 {
|
|
|
3610 vim_findfile_cleanup(ff_fn_search_context);
|
|
|
3611 ff_fn_search_context = NULL;
|
|
|
3612 }
|
|
|
3613 return ret;
|
|
|
3614 }
|
|
|
3615 #endif
|
|
|
3616
|
|
|
3617 /*
|
|
|
3618 * Initialization routine for vim_findfile.
|
|
|
3619 *
|
|
|
3620 * Returns the newly allocated search context or NULL if an error occured.
|
|
|
3621 *
|
|
|
3622 * Don't forget to clean up by calling vim_findfile_cleanup() if you are done
|
|
|
3623 * with the search context.
|
|
|
3624 *
|
|
|
3625 * Find the file 'filename' in the directory 'path'.
|
|
|
3626 * The parameter 'path' may contain wildcards. If so only search 'level'
|
|
|
3627 * directories deep. The parameter 'level' is the absolute maximum and is
|
|
|
3628 * not related to restricts given to the '**' wildcard. If 'level' is 100
|
|
|
3629 * and you use '**200' vim_findfile() will stop after 100 levels.
|
|
|
3630 *
|
|
|
3631 * If 'stopdirs' is not NULL and nothing is found downward, the search is
|
|
|
3632 * restarted on the next higher directory level. This is repeated until the
|
|
|
3633 * start-directory of a search is contained in 'stopdirs'. 'stopdirs' has the
|
|
|
3634 * format ";*<dirname>*\(;<dirname>\)*;\=$".
|
|
|
3635 *
|
|
|
3636 * If the 'path' is relative, the starting dir for the search is either VIM's
|
|
|
3637 * current dir or if the path starts with "./" the current files dir.
|
|
|
3638 * If the 'path' is absolut, the starting dir is that part of the path before
|
|
|
3639 * the first wildcard.
|
|
|
3640 *
|
|
|
3641 * Upward search is only done on the starting dir.
|
|
|
3642 *
|
|
|
3643 * If 'free_visited' is TRUE the list of already visited files/directories is
|
|
|
3644 * cleared. Set this to FALSE if you just want to search from another
|
|
|
3645 * directory, but want to be sure that no directory from a previous search is
|
|
|
3646 * searched again. This is useful if you search for a file at different places.
|
|
|
3647 * The list of visited files/dirs can also be cleared with the function
|
|
|
3648 * vim_findfile_free_visited().
|
|
|
3649 *
|
|
|
3650 * Set the parameter 'need_dir' to TRUE if you want to search for a directory
|
|
|
3651 * instead of a file.
|
|
|
3652 *
|
|
|
3653 * A search context returned by a previous call to vim_findfile_init() can be
|
|
|
3654 * passed in the parameter 'search_ctx'. This context is than reused and
|
|
|
3655 * reinitialized with the new parameters. The list of already viseted
|
|
|
3656 * directories from this context is only deleted if the parameter
|
|
|
3657 * 'free_visited' is true. Be aware that the passed search_context is freed if
|
|
|
3658 * the reinitialization fails.
|
|
|
3659 *
|
|
|
3660 * If you don't have a search context from a previous call 'search_ctx' must be
|
|
|
3661 * NULL.
|
|
|
3662 *
|
|
|
3663 * This function silently ignores a few errors, vim_findfile() will have
|
|
|
3664 * limited functionality then.
|
|
|
3665 */
|
|
|
3666 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
3667 void *
|
|
|
3668 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, stopdirs, level, free_visited, need_dir,
|
|
|
3669 search_ctx, tagfile, rel_fname)
|
|
|
3670 char_u *path;
|
|
|
3671 char_u *filename;
|
|
|
3672 char_u *stopdirs;
|
|
|
3673 int level;
|
|
|
3674 int free_visited;
|
|
|
3675 int need_dir;
|
|
|
3676 void *search_ctx;
|
|
|
3677 int tagfile;
|
|
|
3678 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name to use for "." */
|
|
|
3679 {
|
|
|
3680 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3681 char_u *wc_part;
|
|
|
3682 #endif
|
|
|
3683 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
3684
|
|
|
3685 /* If a search context is given by the caller, reuse it, else allocate a
|
|
|
3686 * new one.
|
|
|
3687 */
|
|
|
3688 if (search_ctx != NULL)
|
|
|
3689 ff_search_ctx = search_ctx;
|
|
|
3690 else
|
|
|
3691 {
|
|
|
3692 ff_search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T*)alloc(
|
|
|
3693 (unsigned)sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T));
|
|
|
3694 if (ff_search_ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
3695 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3696 memset(ff_search_ctx, 0, sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T));
|
|
|
3697 }
|
|
|
3698
|
|
|
3699 /* clear the search context, but NOT the visited lists */
|
|
|
3700 ff_clear();
|
|
|
3701
|
|
|
3702 /* clear visited list if wanted */
|
|
|
3703 if (free_visited == TRUE)
|
|
|
3704 vim_findfile_free_visited(ff_search_ctx);
|
|
|
3705 else
|
|
|
3706 {
|
|
|
3707 /* Reuse old visited lists. Get the visited list for the given
|
|
|
3708 * filename. If no list for the current filename exists, creates a new
|
|
|
3709 * one.
|
|
|
3710 */
|
|
|
3711 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename,
|
|
|
3712 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
3713 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list == NULL)
|
|
|
3714 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3715 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename,
|
|
|
3716 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
3717 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list == NULL)
|
|
|
3718 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3719 }
|
|
|
3720
|
|
|
3721 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
3722 {
|
|
|
3723 ff_expand_buffer = (char_u*)alloc(MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
3724 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
3725 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3726 }
|
|
|
3727
|
|
|
3728 /* Store information on starting dir now if path is relative.
|
|
20
|
3729 * If path is absolute, we do that later. */
|
|
7
|
3730 if (path[0] == '.'
|
|
|
3731 && (vim_ispathsep(path[1]) || path[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
3732 && (!tagfile || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_DOTTAG) == NULL)
|
|
|
3733 && rel_fname != NULL)
|
|
|
3734 {
|
|
|
3735 int len = (int)(gettail(rel_fname) - rel_fname);
|
|
|
3736
|
|
|
3737 if (!vim_isAbsName(rel_fname) && len + 1 < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
3738 {
|
|
|
3739 /* Make the start dir an absolute path name. */
|
|
|
3740 STRNCPY(ff_expand_buffer, rel_fname, len);
|
|
|
3741 ff_expand_buffer[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3742 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = FullName_save(ff_expand_buffer,
|
|
|
3743 FALSE);
|
|
|
3744 }
|
|
|
3745 else
|
|
|
3746 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strnsave(rel_fname, len);
|
|
|
3747 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL)
|
|
|
3748 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3749 if (*++path != NUL)
|
|
|
3750 ++path;
|
|
|
3751 }
|
|
|
3752 else if (*path == NUL || !vim_isAbsName(path))
|
|
|
3753 {
|
|
|
3754 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
3755 /* "c:dir" needs "c:" to be expanded, otherwise use current dir */
|
|
|
3756 if (*path != NUL && path[1] == ':')
|
|
|
3757 {
|
|
|
3758 char_u drive[3];
|
|
|
3759
|
|
|
3760 drive[0] = path[0];
|
|
|
3761 drive[1] = ':';
|
|
|
3762 drive[2] = NUL;
|
|
|
3763 if (vim_FullName(drive, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
3764 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3765 path += 2;
|
|
|
3766 }
|
|
|
3767 else
|
|
|
3768 #endif
|
|
|
3769 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL) == FAIL)
|
|
|
3770 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3771
|
|
|
3772 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
3773 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL)
|
|
|
3774 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3775
|
|
|
3776 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
3777 /* A path that starts with "/dir" is relative to the drive, not to the
|
|
|
3778 * directory (but not for "//machine/dir"). Only use the drive name. */
|
|
|
3779 if ((*path == '/' || *path == '\\')
|
|
|
3780 && path[1] != path[0]
|
|
|
3781 && ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[1] == ':')
|
|
|
3782 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[2] = NUL;
|
|
|
3783 #endif
|
|
|
3784 }
|
|
|
3785
|
|
|
3786 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3787 /*
|
|
|
3788 * If stopdirs are given, split them into an array of pointers.
|
|
|
3789 * If this fails (mem allocation), there is no upward search at all or a
|
|
|
3790 * stop directory is not recognized -> continue silently.
|
|
|
3791 * If stopdirs just contains a ";" or is empty,
|
|
|
3792 * ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v will only contain a NULL pointer. This
|
|
|
3793 * is handled as unlimited upward search. See function
|
|
|
3794 * ff_path_in_stoplist() for details.
|
|
|
3795 */
|
|
|
3796 if (stopdirs != NULL)
|
|
|
3797 {
|
|
|
3798 char_u *walker = stopdirs;
|
|
|
3799 int dircount;
|
|
|
3800
|
|
|
3801 while (*walker == ';')
|
|
|
3802 walker++;
|
|
|
3803
|
|
|
3804 dircount = 1;
|
|
|
3805 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v =
|
|
|
3806 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
3807
|
|
|
3808 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL)
|
|
|
3809 {
|
|
|
3810 do
|
|
|
3811 {
|
|
|
3812 char_u *helper;
|
|
|
3813 void *ptr;
|
|
|
3814
|
|
|
3815 helper = walker;
|
|
|
3816 ptr = vim_realloc(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v,
|
|
|
3817 (dircount + 1) * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
3818 if (ptr)
|
|
|
3819 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = ptr;
|
|
|
3820 else
|
|
|
3821 /* ignore, keep what we have and continue */
|
|
|
3822 break;
|
|
|
3823 walker = vim_strchr(walker, ';');
|
|
|
3824 if (walker)
|
|
|
3825 {
|
|
|
3826 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] =
|
|
|
3827 vim_strnsave(helper, (int)(walker - helper));
|
|
|
3828 walker++;
|
|
|
3829 }
|
|
|
3830 else
|
|
|
3831 /* this might be "", which means ascent till top
|
|
|
3832 * of directory tree.
|
|
|
3833 */
|
|
|
3834 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] =
|
|
|
3835 vim_strsave(helper);
|
|
|
3836
|
|
|
3837 dircount++;
|
|
|
3838
|
|
|
3839 } while (walker != NULL);
|
|
|
3840 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = NULL;
|
|
|
3841 }
|
|
|
3842 }
|
|
|
3843 #endif
|
|
|
3844
|
|
|
3845 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3846 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_level = level;
|
|
|
3847
|
|
|
3848 /* split into:
|
|
|
3849 * -fix path
|
|
|
3850 * -wildcard_stuff (might be NULL)
|
|
|
3851 */
|
|
|
3852 wc_part = vim_strchr(path, '*');
|
|
|
3853 if (wc_part != NULL)
|
|
|
3854 {
|
|
|
3855 int llevel;
|
|
|
3856 int len;
|
|
29
|
3857 char *errpt;
|
|
7
|
3858
|
|
|
3859 /* save the fix part of the path */
|
|
|
3860 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strnsave(path,
|
|
|
3861 (int)(wc_part - path));
|
|
|
3862
|
|
|
3863 /*
|
|
|
3864 * copy wc_path and add restricts to the '**' wildcard.
|
|
|
3865 * The octett after a '**' is used as a (binary) counter.
|
|
|
3866 * So '**3' is transposed to '**^C' ('^C' is ASCII value 3)
|
|
|
3867 * or '**76' is transposed to '**N'( 'N' is ASCII value 76).
|
|
|
3868 * For EBCDIC you get different character values.
|
|
|
3869 * If no restrict is given after '**' the default is used.
|
|
|
3870 * Due to this technic the path looks awful if you print it as a
|
|
|
3871 * string.
|
|
|
3872 */
|
|
|
3873 len = 0;
|
|
|
3874 while (*wc_part != NUL)
|
|
|
3875 {
|
|
|
3876 if (STRNCMP(wc_part, "**", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
3877 {
|
|
|
3878 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++;
|
|
|
3879 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++;
|
|
|
3880
|
|
29
|
3881 llevel = strtol((char *)wc_part, &errpt, 10);
|
|
|
3882 if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel > 0 && llevel < 255)
|
|
7
|
3883 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = llevel;
|
|
29
|
3884 else if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel == 0)
|
|
7
|
3885 /* restrict is 0 -> remove already added '**' */
|
|
|
3886 len -= 2;
|
|
|
3887 else
|
|
|
3888 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND;
|
|
29
|
3889 wc_part = (char_u *)errpt;
|
|
7
|
3890 if (*wc_part != PATHSEP && *wc_part != NUL)
|
|
|
3891 {
|
|
|
3892 EMSG2(_("E343: Invalid path: '**[number]' must be at the end of the path or be followed by '%s'."), PATHSEPSTR);
|
|
|
3893 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3894 }
|
|
|
3895 }
|
|
|
3896 else
|
|
|
3897 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++;
|
|
|
3898 }
|
|
|
3899 ff_expand_buffer[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3900 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path =
|
|
|
3901 vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
3902
|
|
|
3903 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path == NULL)
|
|
|
3904 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3905 }
|
|
|
3906 else
|
|
|
3907 #endif
|
|
|
3908 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strsave(path);
|
|
|
3909
|
|
|
3910 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL)
|
|
|
3911 {
|
|
|
3912 /* store the fix part as startdir.
|
|
|
3913 * This is needed if the parameter path is fully qualified.
|
|
|
3914 */
|
|
|
3915 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
3916 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)
|
|
|
3917 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
3918 }
|
|
|
3919
|
|
|
3920 /* create an absolute path */
|
|
|
3921 STRCPY(ff_expand_buffer, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
3922 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
3923 STRCAT(ff_expand_buffer, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
3924 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
3925
|
|
|
3926 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(ff_expand_buffer,
|
|
|
3927 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3928 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path,
|
|
|
3929 #endif
|
|
|
3930 level, 0);
|
|
|
3931
|
|
|
3932 if (sptr == NULL)
|
|
|
3933 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3934
|
|
|
3935 ff_push(sptr);
|
|
|
3936
|
|
|
3937 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = vim_strsave(filename);
|
|
|
3938 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search == NULL)
|
|
|
3939 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3940
|
|
|
3941 return ff_search_ctx;
|
|
|
3942
|
|
|
3943 error_return:
|
|
|
3944 /*
|
|
|
3945 * We clear the search context now!
|
|
|
3946 * Even when the caller gave us a (perhaps valid) context we free it here,
|
|
|
3947 * as we might have already destroyed it.
|
|
|
3948 */
|
|
|
3949 vim_findfile_cleanup(ff_search_ctx);
|
|
|
3950 return NULL;
|
|
|
3951 }
|
|
|
3952
|
|
|
3953 #if defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3954 /*
|
|
|
3955 * Get the stopdir string. Check that ';' is not escaped.
|
|
|
3956 */
|
|
|
3957 char_u *
|
|
|
3958 vim_findfile_stopdir(buf)
|
|
|
3959 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
3960 {
|
|
|
3961 char_u *r_ptr = buf;
|
|
|
3962
|
|
|
3963 while (*r_ptr != NUL && *r_ptr != ';')
|
|
|
3964 {
|
|
|
3965 if (r_ptr[0] == '\\' && r_ptr[1] == ';')
|
|
|
3966 {
|
|
|
3967 /* overwrite the escape char,
|
|
|
3968 * use STRLEN(r_ptr) to move the trailing '\0'
|
|
|
3969 */
|
|
|
3970 mch_memmove(r_ptr, r_ptr + 1, STRLEN(r_ptr));
|
|
|
3971 r_ptr++;
|
|
|
3972 }
|
|
|
3973 r_ptr++;
|
|
|
3974 }
|
|
|
3975 if (*r_ptr == ';')
|
|
|
3976 {
|
|
|
3977 *r_ptr = 0;
|
|
|
3978 r_ptr++;
|
|
|
3979 }
|
|
|
3980 else if (*r_ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
3981 r_ptr = NULL;
|
|
|
3982 return r_ptr;
|
|
|
3983 }
|
|
|
3984 #endif
|
|
|
3985
|
|
|
3986 /* Clean up the given search context. Can handle a NULL pointer */
|
|
|
3987 void
|
|
|
3988 vim_findfile_cleanup(ctx)
|
|
|
3989 void *ctx;
|
|
|
3990 {
|
|
|
3991 if (NULL == ctx)
|
|
|
3992 return;
|
|
|
3993
|
|
|
3994 ff_search_ctx = ctx;
|
|
|
3995
|
|
|
3996 vim_findfile_free_visited(ctx);
|
|
|
3997 ff_clear();
|
|
|
3998 vim_free(ctx);
|
|
|
3999 ff_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
|
4000 }
|
|
|
4001
|
|
|
4002 /*
|
|
|
4003 * Find a file in a search context.
|
|
|
4004 * The search context was created with vim_findfile_init() above.
|
|
|
4005 * Return a pointer to an allocated file name or NULL if nothing found.
|
|
|
4006 * To get all matching files call this function until you get NULL.
|
|
|
4007 *
|
|
20
|
4008 * If the passed search_context is NULL, NULL is returned.
|
|
7
|
4009 *
|
|
|
4010 * The search algorithm is depth first. To change this replace the
|
|
|
4011 * stack with a list (don't forget to leave partly searched directories on the
|
|
|
4012 * top of the list).
|
|
|
4013 */
|
|
|
4014 char_u *
|
|
|
4015 vim_findfile(search_ctx)
|
|
|
4016 void *search_ctx;
|
|
|
4017 {
|
|
|
4018 char_u *file_path;
|
|
|
4019 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4020 char_u *rest_of_wildcards;
|
|
|
4021 char_u *path_end = NULL;
|
|
|
4022 #endif
|
|
|
4023 ff_stack_T *ctx;
|
|
|
4024 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA)
|
|
|
4025 int len;
|
|
|
4026 #endif
|
|
|
4027 int i;
|
|
|
4028 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4029 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
4030 char_u *suf;
|
|
|
4031 #endif
|
|
|
4032
|
|
|
4033 if (search_ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
4034 return NULL;
|
|
|
4035
|
|
|
4036 ff_search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T*)search_ctx;
|
|
|
4037
|
|
|
4038 /*
|
|
|
4039 * filepath is used as buffer for various actions and as the storage to
|
|
|
4040 * return a found filename.
|
|
|
4041 */
|
|
|
4042 if ((file_path = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
|
|
|
4043 return NULL;
|
|
|
4044
|
|
|
4045 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4046 /* store the end of the start dir -- needed for upward search */
|
|
|
4047 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir != NULL)
|
|
|
4048 path_end = &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[STRLEN(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)];
|
|
|
4049 #endif
|
|
|
4050
|
|
|
4051 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4052 /* upward search loop */
|
|
|
4053 for (;;)
|
|
|
4054 {
|
|
|
4055 #endif
|
|
|
4056 /* downward search loop */
|
|
|
4057 for (;;)
|
|
|
4058 {
|
|
|
4059 /* check if user user wants to stop the search*/
|
|
|
4060 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4061 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4062 break;
|
|
|
4063
|
|
|
4064 /* get directory to work on from stack */
|
|
|
4065 ctx = ff_pop();
|
|
|
4066 if (ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
4067 break;
|
|
|
4068
|
|
|
4069 /*
|
|
|
4070 * TODO: decide if we leave this test in
|
|
|
4071 *
|
|
|
4072 * GOOD: don't search a directory(-tree) twice.
|
|
|
4073 * BAD: - check linked list for every new directory entered.
|
|
|
4074 * - check for double files also done below
|
|
|
4075 *
|
|
|
4076 * Here we check if we already searched this directory.
|
|
|
4077 * We already searched a directory if:
|
|
|
4078 * 1) The directory is the same.
|
|
|
4079 * 2) We would use the same wildcard string.
|
|
|
4080 *
|
|
|
4081 * Good if you have links on same directory via several ways
|
|
|
4082 * or you have selfreferences in directories (e.g. SuSE Linux 6.3:
|
|
|
4083 * /etc/rc.d/init.d is linked to /etc/rc.d -> endless loop)
|
|
|
4084 *
|
|
|
4085 * This check is only needed for directories we work on for the
|
|
|
4086 * first time (hence ctx->ff_filearray == NULL)
|
|
|
4087 */
|
|
|
4088 if (ctx->ffs_filearray == NULL
|
|
|
4089 && ff_check_visited(&ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list
|
|
|
4090 ->ffvl_visited_list,
|
|
|
4091 ctx->ffs_fix_path
|
|
|
4092 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4093 , ctx->ffs_wc_path
|
|
|
4094 #endif
|
|
|
4095 ) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4096 {
|
|
|
4097 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4098 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4099 {
|
|
293
|
4100 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4101 smsg((char_u *)"Already Searched: %s (%s)",
|
|
|
4102 ctx->ffs_fix_path, ctx->ffs_wc_path);
|
|
|
4103 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4104 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4105 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4106 }
|
|
|
4107 #endif
|
|
|
4108 ff_free_stack_element(ctx);
|
|
|
4109 continue;
|
|
|
4110 }
|
|
|
4111 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4112 else if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4113 {
|
|
293
|
4114 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4115 smsg((char_u *)"Searching: %s (%s)",
|
|
|
4116 ctx->ffs_fix_path, ctx->ffs_wc_path);
|
|
7
|
4117 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4118 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4119 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4120 }
|
|
|
4121 #endif
|
|
|
4122
|
|
|
4123 /* check depth */
|
|
|
4124 if (ctx->ffs_level <= 0)
|
|
|
4125 {
|
|
|
4126 ff_free_stack_element(ctx);
|
|
|
4127 continue;
|
|
|
4128 }
|
|
|
4129
|
|
|
4130 file_path[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4131
|
|
|
4132 /*
|
|
|
4133 * If no filearray till now expand wildcards
|
|
|
4134 * The function expand_wildcards() can handle an array of paths
|
|
|
4135 * and all possible expands are returned in one array. We use this
|
|
|
4136 * to handle the expansion of '**' into an empty string.
|
|
|
4137 */
|
|
|
4138 if (ctx->ffs_filearray == NULL)
|
|
|
4139 {
|
|
|
4140 char_u *dirptrs[2];
|
|
|
4141
|
|
|
4142 /* we use filepath to build the path expand_wildcards() should
|
|
|
4143 * expand.
|
|
|
4144 */
|
|
|
4145 dirptrs[0] = file_path;
|
|
|
4146 dirptrs[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4147
|
|
|
4148 /* if we have a start dir copy it in */
|
|
|
4149 if (!vim_isAbsName(ctx->ffs_fix_path)
|
|
|
4150 && ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)
|
|
|
4151 {
|
|
|
4152 STRCPY(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
4153 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4154 }
|
|
|
4155
|
|
|
4156 /* append the fix part of the search path */
|
|
|
4157 STRCAT(file_path, ctx->ffs_fix_path);
|
|
|
4158 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4159
|
|
|
4160 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4161 rest_of_wildcards = ctx->ffs_wc_path;
|
|
|
4162 if (*rest_of_wildcards != NUL)
|
|
|
4163 {
|
|
|
4164 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path);
|
|
|
4165 if (STRNCMP(rest_of_wildcards, "**", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
4166 {
|
|
|
4167 /* pointer to the restrict byte
|
|
|
4168 * The restrict byte is not a character!
|
|
|
4169 */
|
|
|
4170 p = rest_of_wildcards + 2;
|
|
|
4171
|
|
|
4172 if (*p > 0)
|
|
|
4173 {
|
|
|
4174 (*p)--;
|
|
|
4175 file_path[len++] = '*';
|
|
|
4176 }
|
|
|
4177
|
|
|
4178 if (*p == 0)
|
|
|
4179 {
|
|
|
4180 /* remove '**<numb> from wildcards */
|
|
|
4181 mch_memmove(rest_of_wildcards,
|
|
|
4182 rest_of_wildcards + 3,
|
|
|
4183 STRLEN(rest_of_wildcards + 3) + 1);
|
|
|
4184 }
|
|
|
4185 else
|
|
|
4186 rest_of_wildcards += 3;
|
|
|
4187
|
|
|
4188 if (ctx->ffs_star_star_empty == 0)
|
|
|
4189 {
|
|
|
4190 /* if not done before, expand '**' to empty */
|
|
|
4191 ctx->ffs_star_star_empty = 1;
|
|
|
4192 dirptrs[1] = ctx->ffs_fix_path;
|
|
|
4193 }
|
|
|
4194 }
|
|
|
4195
|
|
|
4196 /*
|
|
|
4197 * Here we copy until the next path separator or the end of
|
|
|
4198 * the path. If we stop at a path separator, there is
|
|
|
4199 * still somthing else left. This is handled below by
|
|
|
4200 * pushing every directory returned from expand_wildcards()
|
|
|
4201 * on the stack again for further search.
|
|
|
4202 */
|
|
|
4203 while (*rest_of_wildcards
|
|
|
4204 && !vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards))
|
|
|
4205 file_path[len++] = *rest_of_wildcards++;
|
|
|
4206
|
|
|
4207 file_path[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
4208 if (vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards))
|
|
|
4209 rest_of_wildcards++;
|
|
|
4210 }
|
|
|
4211 #endif
|
|
|
4212
|
|
|
4213 /*
|
|
|
4214 * Expand wildcards like "*" and "$VAR".
|
|
|
4215 * If the path is a URL don't try this.
|
|
|
4216 */
|
|
|
4217 if (path_with_url(dirptrs[0]))
|
|
|
4218 {
|
|
|
4219 ctx->ffs_filearray = (char_u **)
|
|
|
4220 alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char *));
|
|
|
4221 if (ctx->ffs_filearray != NULL
|
|
|
4222 && (ctx->ffs_filearray[0]
|
|
|
4223 = vim_strsave(dirptrs[0])) != NULL)
|
|
|
4224 ctx->ffs_filearray_size = 1;
|
|
|
4225 else
|
|
|
4226 ctx->ffs_filearray_size = 0;
|
|
|
4227 }
|
|
|
4228 else
|
|
|
4229 expand_wildcards((dirptrs[1] == NULL) ? 1 : 2, dirptrs,
|
|
|
4230 &ctx->ffs_filearray_size,
|
|
|
4231 &ctx->ffs_filearray,
|
|
|
4232 EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT);
|
|
|
4233
|
|
|
4234 ctx->ffs_filearray_cur = 0;
|
|
|
4235 ctx->ffs_stage = 0;
|
|
|
4236 }
|
|
|
4237 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4238 else
|
|
|
4239 rest_of_wildcards = &ctx->ffs_wc_path[STRLEN(ctx->ffs_wc_path)];
|
|
|
4240 #endif
|
|
|
4241
|
|
|
4242 if (ctx->ffs_stage == 0)
|
|
|
4243 {
|
|
|
4244 /* this is the first time we work on this directory */
|
|
|
4245 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4246 if (*rest_of_wildcards == NUL)
|
|
|
4247 #endif
|
|
|
4248 {
|
|
|
4249 /*
|
|
|
4250 * we don't have further wildcards to expand, so we have to
|
|
|
4251 * check for the final file now
|
|
|
4252 */
|
|
|
4253 for (i = ctx->ffs_filearray_cur;
|
|
|
4254 i < ctx->ffs_filearray_size; ++i)
|
|
|
4255 {
|
|
|
4256 if (!path_with_url(ctx->ffs_filearray[i])
|
|
|
4257 && !mch_isdir(ctx->ffs_filearray[i]))
|
|
|
4258 continue; /* not a directory */
|
|
|
4259
|
|
|
4260 /* prepare the filename to be checked for existance
|
|
|
4261 * below */
|
|
|
4262 STRCPY(file_path, ctx->ffs_filearray[i]);
|
|
|
4263 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4264 STRCAT(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search);
|
|
|
4265
|
|
|
4266 /*
|
|
|
4267 * Try without extra suffix and then with suffixes
|
|
|
4268 * from 'suffixesadd'.
|
|
|
4269 */
|
|
|
4270 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
4271 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path);
|
|
|
4272 suf = curbuf->b_p_sua;
|
|
|
4273 for (;;)
|
|
|
4274 #endif
|
|
|
4275 {
|
|
|
4276 /* if file exists and we didn't already find it */
|
|
|
4277 if ((path_with_url(file_path)
|
|
|
4278 || (mch_getperm(file_path) >= 0
|
|
|
4279 && (!ff_search_ctx->ffsc_need_dir
|
|
|
4280 || mch_isdir(file_path))))
|
|
|
4281 #ifndef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4282 && (ff_check_visited(
|
|
|
4283 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list,
|
|
|
4284 file_path
|
|
|
4285 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4286 , (char_u *)""
|
|
|
4287 #endif
|
|
|
4288 ) == OK)
|
|
|
4289 #endif
|
|
|
4290 )
|
|
|
4291 {
|
|
|
4292 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4293 if (ff_check_visited(
|
|
|
4294 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list,
|
|
|
4295 file_path
|
|
|
4296 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4297 , (char_u *)""
|
|
|
4298 #endif
|
|
|
4299 ) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4300 {
|
|
|
4301 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4302 {
|
|
293
|
4303 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4304 smsg((char_u *)"Already: %s",
|
|
7
|
4305 file_path);
|
|
|
4306 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4307 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4308 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4309 }
|
|
|
4310 continue;
|
|
|
4311 }
|
|
|
4312 #endif
|
|
|
4313
|
|
|
4314 /* push dir to examine rest of subdirs later */
|
|
|
4315 ctx->ffs_filearray_cur = i + 1;
|
|
|
4316 ff_push(ctx);
|
|
|
4317
|
|
|
4318 simplify_filename(file_path);
|
|
|
4319 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
4320 == OK)
|
|
|
4321 {
|
|
|
4322 p = shorten_fname(file_path,
|
|
|
4323 ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4324 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4325 mch_memmove(file_path, p,
|
|
|
4326 STRLEN(p) + 1);
|
|
|
4327 }
|
|
|
4328 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4329 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4330 {
|
|
293
|
4331 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4332 smsg((char_u *)"HIT: %s", file_path);
|
|
7
|
4333 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4334 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4335 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4336 }
|
|
|
4337 #endif
|
|
|
4338 return file_path;
|
|
|
4339 }
|
|
|
4340
|
|
|
4341 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
4342 /* Not found or found already, try next suffix. */
|
|
|
4343 if (*suf == NUL)
|
|
|
4344 break;
|
|
|
4345 copy_option_part(&suf, file_path + len,
|
|
|
4346 MAXPATHL - len, ",");
|
|
|
4347 #endif
|
|
|
4348 }
|
|
|
4349 }
|
|
|
4350 }
|
|
|
4351 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4352 else
|
|
|
4353 {
|
|
|
4354 /*
|
|
|
4355 * still wildcards left, push the directories for further
|
|
|
4356 * search
|
|
|
4357 */
|
|
|
4358 for (i = ctx->ffs_filearray_cur; i < ctx->ffs_filearray_size;
|
|
|
4359 ++i)
|
|
|
4360 {
|
|
|
4361 if (!mch_isdir(ctx->ffs_filearray[i]))
|
|
|
4362 continue; /* not a directory */
|
|
|
4363
|
|
|
4364 ff_push(ff_create_stack_element(ctx->ffs_filearray[i],
|
|
|
4365 rest_of_wildcards, ctx->ffs_level - 1, 0));
|
|
|
4366 }
|
|
|
4367 }
|
|
|
4368 #endif
|
|
|
4369 ctx->ffs_filearray_cur = 0;
|
|
|
4370 ctx->ffs_stage = 1;
|
|
|
4371 }
|
|
|
4372
|
|
|
4373 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4374 /*
|
|
|
4375 * if wildcards contains '**' we have to descent till we reach the
|
|
|
4376 * leaves of the directory tree.
|
|
|
4377 */
|
|
|
4378 if (STRNCMP(ctx->ffs_wc_path, "**", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
4379 {
|
|
|
4380 for (i = ctx->ffs_filearray_cur; i < ctx->ffs_filearray_size; ++i)
|
|
|
4381 {
|
|
|
4382 if (fnamecmp(ctx->ffs_filearray[i], ctx->ffs_fix_path) == 0)
|
|
|
4383 continue; /* don't repush same directory */
|
|
|
4384 if (!mch_isdir(ctx->ffs_filearray[i]))
|
|
|
4385 continue; /* not a directory */
|
|
|
4386 ff_push(ff_create_stack_element(ctx->ffs_filearray[i],
|
|
|
4387 ctx->ffs_wc_path, ctx->ffs_level - 1, 1));
|
|
|
4388 }
|
|
|
4389 }
|
|
|
4390 #endif
|
|
|
4391
|
|
|
4392 /* we are done with the current directory */
|
|
|
4393 ff_free_stack_element(ctx);
|
|
|
4394
|
|
|
4395 }
|
|
|
4396
|
|
|
4397 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4398 /* If we reached this, we didn't find anything downwards.
|
|
|
4399 * Let's check if we should do an upward search.
|
|
|
4400 */
|
|
|
4401 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir
|
|
|
4402 && ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL && !got_int)
|
|
|
4403 {
|
|
|
4404 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
4405
|
|
|
4406 /* is the last starting directory in the stop list? */
|
|
|
4407 if (ff_path_in_stoplist(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir,
|
|
|
4408 (int)(path_end - ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir),
|
|
|
4409 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v) == TRUE)
|
|
|
4410 break;
|
|
|
4411
|
|
|
4412 /* cut of last dir */
|
|
|
4413 while (path_end > ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir
|
|
|
4414 && *path_end == PATHSEP)
|
|
|
4415 path_end--;
|
|
|
4416 while (path_end > ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir
|
|
|
4417 && *(path_end-1) != PATHSEP)
|
|
|
4418 path_end--;
|
|
|
4419 *path_end = 0;
|
|
|
4420 path_end--;
|
|
|
4421
|
|
|
4422 if (*ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == 0)
|
|
|
4423 break;
|
|
|
4424
|
|
|
4425 STRCPY(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
4426 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4427 STRCAT(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
4428
|
|
|
4429 /* create a new stack entry */
|
|
|
4430 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(file_path,
|
|
|
4431 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_level, 0);
|
|
|
4432 if (sptr == NULL)
|
|
|
4433 break;
|
|
|
4434 ff_push(sptr);
|
|
|
4435 }
|
|
|
4436 else
|
|
|
4437 break;
|
|
|
4438 }
|
|
|
4439 #endif
|
|
|
4440
|
|
|
4441 vim_free(file_path);
|
|
|
4442 return NULL;
|
|
|
4443 }
|
|
|
4444
|
|
|
4445 /*
|
|
|
4446 * Free the list of lists of visited files and directories
|
|
|
4447 * Can handle it if the passed search_context is NULL;
|
|
|
4448 */
|
|
|
4449 void
|
|
|
4450 vim_findfile_free_visited(search_ctx)
|
|
|
4451 void *search_ctx;
|
|
|
4452 {
|
|
|
4453 if (search_ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
4454 return;
|
|
|
4455
|
|
|
4456 ff_search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T *)search_ctx;
|
|
|
4457
|
|
|
4458 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
4459 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
4460 }
|
|
|
4461
|
|
|
4462 static void
|
|
|
4463 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(list_headp)
|
|
|
4464 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp;
|
|
|
4465 {
|
|
|
4466 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *vp;
|
|
|
4467
|
|
|
4468 while (*list_headp != NULL)
|
|
|
4469 {
|
|
|
4470 vp = (*list_headp)->ffvl_next;
|
|
|
4471 ff_free_visited_list((*list_headp)->ffvl_visited_list);
|
|
|
4472
|
|
|
4473 vim_free((*list_headp)->ffvl_filename);
|
|
|
4474 vim_free(*list_headp);
|
|
|
4475 *list_headp = vp;
|
|
|
4476 }
|
|
|
4477 *list_headp = NULL;
|
|
|
4478 }
|
|
|
4479
|
|
|
4480 static void
|
|
|
4481 ff_free_visited_list(vl)
|
|
|
4482 ff_visited_T *vl;
|
|
|
4483 {
|
|
|
4484 ff_visited_T *vp;
|
|
|
4485
|
|
|
4486 while (vl != NULL)
|
|
|
4487 {
|
|
|
4488 vp = vl->ffv_next;
|
|
|
4489 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4490 vim_free(vl->ffv_wc_path);
|
|
|
4491 #endif
|
|
|
4492 vim_free(vl);
|
|
|
4493 vl = vp;
|
|
|
4494 }
|
|
|
4495 vl = NULL;
|
|
|
4496 }
|
|
|
4497
|
|
|
4498 /*
|
|
|
4499 * Returns the already visited list for the given filename. If none is found it
|
|
|
4500 * allocates a new one.
|
|
|
4501 */
|
|
|
4502 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T*
|
|
|
4503 ff_get_visited_list(filename, list_headp)
|
|
|
4504 char_u *filename;
|
|
|
4505 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp;
|
|
|
4506 {
|
|
|
4507 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *retptr = NULL;
|
|
|
4508
|
|
|
4509 /* check if a visited list for the given filename exists */
|
|
|
4510 if (*list_headp != NULL)
|
|
|
4511 {
|
|
|
4512 retptr = *list_headp;
|
|
|
4513 while (retptr != NULL)
|
|
|
4514 {
|
|
|
4515 if (fnamecmp(filename, retptr->ffvl_filename) == 0)
|
|
|
4516 {
|
|
|
4517 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4518 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4519 {
|
|
293
|
4520 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4521 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: FOUND list for %s",
|
|
7
|
4522 filename);
|
|
|
4523 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4524 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4525 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4526 }
|
|
|
4527 #endif
|
|
|
4528 return retptr;
|
|
|
4529 }
|
|
|
4530 retptr = retptr->ffvl_next;
|
|
|
4531 }
|
|
|
4532 }
|
|
|
4533
|
|
|
4534 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4535 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4536 {
|
|
293
|
4537 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4538 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: new list for %s", filename);
|
|
7
|
4539 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4540 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4541 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4542 }
|
|
|
4543 #endif
|
|
|
4544
|
|
|
4545 /*
|
|
|
4546 * if we reach this we didn't find a list and we have to allocate new list
|
|
|
4547 */
|
|
|
4548 retptr = (ff_visited_list_hdr_T*)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(*retptr));
|
|
|
4549 if (retptr == NULL)
|
|
|
4550 return NULL;
|
|
|
4551
|
|
|
4552 retptr->ffvl_visited_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4553 retptr->ffvl_filename = vim_strsave(filename);
|
|
|
4554 if (retptr->ffvl_filename == NULL)
|
|
|
4555 {
|
|
|
4556 vim_free(retptr);
|
|
|
4557 return NULL;
|
|
|
4558 }
|
|
|
4559 retptr->ffvl_next = *list_headp;
|
|
|
4560 *list_headp = retptr;
|
|
|
4561
|
|
|
4562 return retptr;
|
|
|
4563 }
|
|
|
4564
|
|
|
4565 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4566 /*
|
|
|
4567 * check if two wildcard paths are equal. Returns TRUE or FALSE.
|
|
|
4568 * They are equal if:
|
|
|
4569 * - both paths are NULL
|
|
|
4570 * - they have the same length
|
|
|
4571 * - char by char comparison is OK
|
|
|
4572 * - the only differences are in the counters behind a '**', so
|
|
|
4573 * '**\20' is equal to '**\24'
|
|
|
4574 */
|
|
|
4575 static int
|
|
|
4576 ff_wc_equal(s1, s2)
|
|
|
4577 char_u *s1;
|
|
|
4578 char_u *s2;
|
|
|
4579 {
|
|
|
4580 int i;
|
|
|
4581
|
|
|
4582 if (s1 == s2)
|
|
|
4583 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4584
|
|
|
4585 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL)
|
|
|
4586 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4587
|
|
|
4588 if (STRLEN(s1) != STRLEN(s2))
|
|
|
4589 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4590
|
|
|
4591 for (i = 0; s1[i] != NUL && s2[i] != NUL; i++)
|
|
|
4592 {
|
|
|
4593 if (s1[i] != s2[i]
|
|
|
4594 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
4595 && TOUPPER_LOC(s1[i]) != TOUPPER_LOC(s2[i])
|
|
|
4596 #endif
|
|
|
4597 )
|
|
|
4598 {
|
|
|
4599 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
4600 if (s1[i-1] == '*' && s1[i-2] == '*')
|
|
|
4601 continue;
|
|
|
4602 else
|
|
|
4603 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4604 else
|
|
|
4605 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4606 }
|
|
|
4607 }
|
|
|
4608 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4609 }
|
|
|
4610 #endif
|
|
|
4611
|
|
|
4612 /*
|
|
|
4613 * maintains the list of already visited files and dirs
|
|
|
4614 * returns FAIL if the given file/dir is already in the list
|
|
|
4615 * returns OK if it is newly added
|
|
|
4616 *
|
|
|
4617 * TODO: What to do on memory allocation problems?
|
|
|
4618 * -> return TRUE - Better the file is found several times instead of
|
|
|
4619 * never.
|
|
|
4620 */
|
|
|
4621 static int
|
|
|
4622 ff_check_visited(visited_list, fname
|
|
|
4623 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4624 , wc_path
|
|
|
4625 #endif
|
|
|
4626 )
|
|
|
4627 ff_visited_T **visited_list;
|
|
|
4628 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4629 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4630 char_u *wc_path;
|
|
|
4631 #endif
|
|
|
4632 {
|
|
|
4633 ff_visited_T *vp;
|
|
|
4634 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4635 struct stat st;
|
|
|
4636 int url = FALSE;
|
|
|
4637 #endif
|
|
|
4638
|
|
|
4639 /* For an URL we only compare the name, otherwise we compare the
|
|
|
4640 * device/inode (unix) or the full path name (not Unix). */
|
|
|
4641 if (path_with_url(fname))
|
|
|
4642 {
|
|
|
4643 STRNCPY(ff_expand_buffer, fname, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4644 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4645 url = TRUE;
|
|
|
4646 #endif
|
|
|
4647 }
|
|
|
4648 else
|
|
|
4649 {
|
|
|
4650 ff_expand_buffer[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4651 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4652 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st) < 0)
|
|
|
4653 #else
|
|
|
4654 if (vim_FullName(fname, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4655 #endif
|
|
|
4656 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4657 }
|
|
|
4658
|
|
|
4659 /* check against list of already visited files */
|
|
|
4660 for (vp = *visited_list; vp != NULL; vp = vp->ffv_next)
|
|
|
4661 {
|
|
|
4662 if (
|
|
|
4663 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4664 !url
|
|
|
4665 ? (vp->ffv_dev == st.st_dev
|
|
|
4666 && vp->ffv_ino == st.st_ino)
|
|
|
4667 :
|
|
|
4668 #endif
|
|
|
4669 fnamecmp(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer) == 0
|
|
|
4670 )
|
|
|
4671 {
|
|
|
4672 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4673 /* are the wildcard parts equal */
|
|
|
4674 if (ff_wc_equal(vp->ffv_wc_path, wc_path) == TRUE)
|
|
|
4675 #endif
|
|
|
4676 /* already visited */
|
|
|
4677 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4678 }
|
|
|
4679 }
|
|
|
4680
|
|
|
4681 /*
|
|
|
4682 * New file/dir. Add it to the list of visited files/dirs.
|
|
|
4683 */
|
|
|
4684 vp = (ff_visited_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(ff_visited_T)
|
|
|
4685 + STRLEN(ff_expand_buffer)));
|
|
|
4686
|
|
|
4687 if (vp != NULL)
|
|
|
4688 {
|
|
|
4689 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4690 if (!url)
|
|
|
4691 {
|
|
|
4692 vp->ffv_ino = st.st_ino;
|
|
|
4693 vp->ffv_dev = st.st_dev;
|
|
|
4694 vp->ffv_fname[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4695 }
|
|
|
4696 else
|
|
|
4697 {
|
|
|
4698 vp->ffv_ino = 0;
|
|
|
4699 vp->ffv_dev = -1;
|
|
|
4700 #endif
|
|
|
4701 STRCPY(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4702 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4703 }
|
|
|
4704 #endif
|
|
|
4705 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4706 if (wc_path != NULL)
|
|
|
4707 vp->ffv_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_path);
|
|
|
4708 else
|
|
|
4709 vp->ffv_wc_path = NULL;
|
|
|
4710 #endif
|
|
|
4711
|
|
|
4712 vp->ffv_next = *visited_list;
|
|
|
4713 *visited_list = vp;
|
|
|
4714 }
|
|
|
4715
|
|
|
4716 return OK;
|
|
|
4717 }
|
|
|
4718
|
|
|
4719 /*
|
|
|
4720 * create stack element from given path pieces
|
|
|
4721 */
|
|
|
4722 static ff_stack_T *
|
|
|
4723 ff_create_stack_element(fix_part,
|
|
|
4724 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4725 wc_part,
|
|
|
4726 #endif
|
|
|
4727 level, star_star_empty)
|
|
|
4728 char_u *fix_part;
|
|
|
4729 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4730 char_u *wc_part;
|
|
|
4731 #endif
|
|
|
4732 int level;
|
|
|
4733 int star_star_empty;
|
|
|
4734 {
|
|
|
4735 ff_stack_T *new;
|
|
|
4736
|
|
|
4737 new = (ff_stack_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(ff_stack_T));
|
|
|
4738 if (new == NULL)
|
|
|
4739 return NULL;
|
|
|
4740
|
|
|
4741 new->ffs_prev = NULL;
|
|
|
4742 new->ffs_filearray = NULL;
|
|
|
4743 new->ffs_filearray_size = 0;
|
|
|
4744 new->ffs_filearray_cur = 0;
|
|
|
4745 new->ffs_stage = 0;
|
|
|
4746 new->ffs_level = level;
|
|
|
4747 new->ffs_star_star_empty = star_star_empty;;
|
|
|
4748
|
|
|
4749 /* the following saves NULL pointer checks in vim_findfile */
|
|
|
4750 if (fix_part == NULL)
|
|
|
4751 fix_part = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4752 new->ffs_fix_path = vim_strsave(fix_part);
|
|
|
4753
|
|
|
4754 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4755 if (wc_part == NULL)
|
|
|
4756 wc_part = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4757 new->ffs_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_part);
|
|
|
4758 #endif
|
|
|
4759
|
|
|
4760 if (new->ffs_fix_path == NULL
|
|
|
4761 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4762 || new->ffs_wc_path == NULL
|
|
|
4763 #endif
|
|
|
4764 )
|
|
|
4765 {
|
|
|
4766 ff_free_stack_element(new);
|
|
|
4767 new = NULL;
|
|
|
4768 }
|
|
|
4769
|
|
|
4770 return new;
|
|
|
4771 }
|
|
|
4772
|
|
|
4773 /*
|
|
|
4774 * push a dir on the directory stack
|
|
|
4775 */
|
|
|
4776 static void
|
|
|
4777 ff_push(ctx)
|
|
|
4778 ff_stack_T *ctx;
|
|
|
4779 {
|
|
|
4780 /* check for NULL pointer, not to return an error to the user, but
|
|
|
4781 * to prevent a crash
|
|
|
4782 */
|
|
|
4783 if (ctx != NULL)
|
|
|
4784 {
|
|
|
4785 ctx->ffs_prev = ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr;
|
|
|
4786 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = ctx;
|
|
|
4787 }
|
|
|
4788 }
|
|
|
4789
|
|
|
4790 /*
|
|
|
4791 * pop a dir from the directory stack
|
|
|
4792 * returns NULL if stack is empty
|
|
|
4793 */
|
|
|
4794 static ff_stack_T *
|
|
|
4795 ff_pop()
|
|
|
4796 {
|
|
|
4797 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
4798
|
|
|
4799 sptr = ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr;
|
|
|
4800 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
4801 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr->ffs_prev;
|
|
|
4802
|
|
|
4803 return sptr;
|
|
|
4804 }
|
|
|
4805
|
|
|
4806 /*
|
|
|
4807 * free the given stack element
|
|
|
4808 */
|
|
|
4809 static void
|
|
|
4810 ff_free_stack_element(ctx)
|
|
|
4811 ff_stack_T *ctx;
|
|
|
4812 {
|
|
|
4813 /* vim_free handles possible NULL pointers */
|
|
|
4814 vim_free(ctx->ffs_fix_path);
|
|
|
4815 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4816 vim_free(ctx->ffs_wc_path);
|
|
|
4817 #endif
|
|
|
4818
|
|
|
4819 if (ctx->ffs_filearray != NULL)
|
|
|
4820 FreeWild(ctx->ffs_filearray_size, ctx->ffs_filearray);
|
|
|
4821
|
|
|
4822 vim_free(ctx);
|
|
|
4823 }
|
|
|
4824
|
|
|
4825 /*
|
|
|
4826 * clear the search context
|
|
|
4827 */
|
|
|
4828 static void
|
|
|
4829 ff_clear()
|
|
|
4830 {
|
|
|
4831 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
4832
|
|
|
4833 /* clear up stack */
|
|
|
4834 while ((sptr = ff_pop()) != NULL)
|
|
|
4835 ff_free_stack_element(sptr);
|
|
|
4836
|
|
|
4837 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search);
|
|
|
4838 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
4839 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
4840 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4841 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path);
|
|
|
4842 #endif
|
|
|
4843
|
|
|
4844 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4845 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL)
|
|
|
4846 {
|
|
|
4847 int i = 0;
|
|
|
4848
|
|
|
4849 while (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i] != NULL)
|
|
|
4850 {
|
|
|
4851 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i]);
|
|
|
4852 i++;
|
|
|
4853 }
|
|
|
4854 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v);
|
|
|
4855 }
|
|
|
4856 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = NULL;
|
|
|
4857 #endif
|
|
|
4858
|
|
|
4859 /* reset everything */
|
|
|
4860 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = NULL;
|
|
|
4861 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = NULL;
|
|
|
4862 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = NULL;
|
|
|
4863 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4864 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = NULL;
|
|
|
4865 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_level = 0;
|
|
|
4866 #endif
|
|
|
4867 }
|
|
|
4868
|
|
|
4869 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4870 /*
|
|
|
4871 * check if the given path is in the stopdirs
|
|
|
4872 * returns TRUE if yes else FALSE
|
|
|
4873 */
|
|
|
4874 static int
|
|
|
4875 ff_path_in_stoplist(path, path_len, stopdirs_v)
|
|
|
4876 char_u *path;
|
|
|
4877 int path_len;
|
|
|
4878 char_u **stopdirs_v;
|
|
|
4879 {
|
|
|
4880 int i = 0;
|
|
|
4881
|
|
|
4882 /* eat up trailing path separators, except the first */
|
|
|
4883 while (path_len > 1 && path[path_len - 1] == PATHSEP)
|
|
|
4884 path_len--;
|
|
|
4885
|
|
|
4886 /* if no path consider it as match */
|
|
|
4887 if (path_len == 0)
|
|
|
4888 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4889
|
|
|
4890 for (i = 0; stopdirs_v[i] != NULL; i++)
|
|
|
4891 {
|
|
|
4892 if ((int)STRLEN(stopdirs_v[i]) > path_len)
|
|
|
4893 {
|
|
|
4894 /* match for parent directory. So '/home' also matches
|
|
|
4895 * '/home/rks'. Check for PATHSEP in stopdirs_v[i], else
|
|
|
4896 * '/home/r' would also match '/home/rks'
|
|
|
4897 */
|
|
|
4898 if (fnamencmp(stopdirs_v[i], path, path_len) == 0
|
|
|
4899 && stopdirs_v[i][path_len] == PATHSEP)
|
|
|
4900 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4901 }
|
|
|
4902 else
|
|
|
4903 {
|
|
|
4904 if (fnamecmp(stopdirs_v[i], path) == 0)
|
|
|
4905 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4906 }
|
|
|
4907 }
|
|
|
4908 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4909 }
|
|
|
4910 #endif
|
|
|
4911
|
|
|
4912 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4913 /*
|
|
|
4914 * Find the file name "ptr[len]" in the path.
|
|
|
4915 *
|
|
|
4916 * On the first call set the parameter 'first' to TRUE to initialize
|
|
|
4917 * the search. For repeating calls to FALSE.
|
|
|
4918 *
|
|
|
4919 * Repeating calls will return other files called 'ptr[len]' from the path.
|
|
|
4920 *
|
|
|
4921 * Only on the first call 'ptr' and 'len' are used. For repeating calls they
|
|
|
4922 * don't need valid values.
|
|
|
4923 *
|
|
|
4924 * If nothing found on the first call the option FNAME_MESS will issue the
|
|
|
4925 * message:
|
|
|
4926 * 'Can't find file "<file>" in path'
|
|
|
4927 * On repeating calls:
|
|
|
4928 * 'No more file "<file>" found in path'
|
|
|
4929 *
|
|
|
4930 * options:
|
|
|
4931 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found
|
|
|
4932 *
|
|
|
4933 * Uses NameBuff[]!
|
|
|
4934 *
|
|
|
4935 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error.
|
|
|
4936 *
|
|
|
4937 */
|
|
|
4938 char_u *
|
|
|
4939 find_file_in_path(ptr, len, options, first, rel_fname)
|
|
|
4940 char_u *ptr; /* file name */
|
|
|
4941 int len; /* length of file name */
|
|
|
4942 int options;
|
|
|
4943 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */
|
|
|
4944 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */
|
|
|
4945 {
|
|
|
4946 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first,
|
|
|
4947 *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path,
|
|
|
4948 FALSE, rel_fname);
|
|
|
4949 }
|
|
|
4950
|
|
|
4951 /*
|
|
|
4952 * Find the directory name "ptr[len]" in the path.
|
|
|
4953 *
|
|
|
4954 * options:
|
|
|
4955 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found
|
|
|
4956 *
|
|
|
4957 * Uses NameBuff[]!
|
|
|
4958 *
|
|
|
4959 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error.
|
|
|
4960 */
|
|
|
4961 char_u *
|
|
|
4962 find_directory_in_path(ptr, len, options, rel_fname)
|
|
|
4963 char_u *ptr; /* file name */
|
|
|
4964 int len; /* length of file name */
|
|
|
4965 int options;
|
|
|
4966 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */
|
|
|
4967 {
|
|
|
4968 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, TRUE, p_cdpath,
|
|
|
4969 TRUE, rel_fname);
|
|
|
4970 }
|
|
|
4971
|
|
19
|
4972 char_u *
|
|
7
|
4973 find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first, path_option, need_dir, rel_fname)
|
|
|
4974 char_u *ptr; /* file name */
|
|
|
4975 int len; /* length of file name */
|
|
|
4976 int options;
|
|
|
4977 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */
|
|
|
4978 char_u *path_option; /* p_path or p_cdpath */
|
|
|
4979 int need_dir; /* looking for directory name */
|
|
|
4980 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name we are looking relative to. */
|
|
|
4981 {
|
|
|
4982 static void *search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
|
4983 static char_u *dir;
|
|
|
4984 static char_u *file_to_find = NULL;
|
|
|
4985 static int did_findfile_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
4986 char_u save_char;
|
|
|
4987 char_u *file_name = NULL;
|
|
|
4988 char_u *buf = NULL;
|
|
|
4989 int rel_to_curdir;
|
|
|
4990 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
4991 struct Process *proc = (struct Process *)FindTask(0L);
|
|
|
4992 APTR save_winptr = proc->pr_WindowPtr;
|
|
|
4993
|
|
|
4994 /* Avoid a requester here for a volume that doesn't exist. */
|
|
|
4995 proc->pr_WindowPtr = (APTR)-1L;
|
|
|
4996 #endif
|
|
|
4997
|
|
|
4998 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
4999 {
|
|
|
5000 /* copy file name into NameBuff, expanding environment variables */
|
|
|
5001 save_char = ptr[len];
|
|
|
5002 ptr[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
5003 expand_env(ptr, NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
5004 ptr[len] = save_char;
|
|
|
5005
|
|
|
5006 vim_free(file_to_find);
|
|
|
5007 file_to_find = vim_strsave(NameBuff);
|
|
|
5008 if (file_to_find == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
5009 {
|
|
|
5010 file_name = NULL;
|
|
|
5011 goto theend;
|
|
|
5012 }
|
|
|
5013 }
|
|
|
5014
|
|
|
5015 rel_to_curdir = (file_to_find[0] == '.'
|
|
|
5016 && (file_to_find[1] == NUL
|
|
|
5017 || vim_ispathsep(file_to_find[1])
|
|
|
5018 || (file_to_find[1] == '.'
|
|
|
5019 && (file_to_find[2] == NUL
|
|
|
5020 || vim_ispathsep(file_to_find[2])))));
|
|
|
5021 if (vim_isAbsName(file_to_find)
|
|
|
5022 /* "..", "../path", "." and "./path": don't use the path_option */
|
|
|
5023 || rel_to_curdir
|
|
|
5024 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
5025 /* handle "\tmp" as absolute path */
|
|
|
5026 || vim_ispathsep(file_to_find[0])
|
|
|
5027 /* handle "c:name" as absulute path */
|
|
|
5028 || (file_to_find[0] != NUL && file_to_find[1] == ':')
|
|
|
5029 #endif
|
|
|
5030 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
5031 /* handle ":tmp" as absolute path */
|
|
|
5032 || file_to_find[0] == ':'
|
|
|
5033 #endif
|
|
|
5034 )
|
|
|
5035 {
|
|
|
5036 /*
|
|
|
5037 * Absolute path, no need to use "path_option".
|
|
|
5038 * If this is not a first call, return NULL. We already returned a
|
|
|
5039 * filename on the first call.
|
|
|
5040 */
|
|
|
5041 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5042 {
|
|
|
5043 int l;
|
|
|
5044 int run;
|
|
|
5045
|
|
|
5046 if (path_with_url(file_to_find))
|
|
|
5047 {
|
|
|
5048 file_name = vim_strsave(file_to_find);
|
|
|
5049 goto theend;
|
|
|
5050 }
|
|
|
5051
|
|
|
5052 /* When FNAME_REL flag given first use the directory of the file.
|
|
|
5053 * Otherwise or when this fails use the current directory. */
|
|
|
5054 for (run = 1; run <= 2; ++run)
|
|
|
5055 {
|
|
|
5056 l = (int)STRLEN(file_to_find);
|
|
|
5057 if (run == 1
|
|
|
5058 && rel_to_curdir
|
|
|
5059 && (options & FNAME_REL)
|
|
|
5060 && rel_fname != NULL
|
|
|
5061 && STRLEN(rel_fname) + l < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
5062 {
|
|
|
5063 STRCPY(NameBuff, rel_fname);
|
|
|
5064 STRCPY(gettail(NameBuff), file_to_find);
|
|
|
5065 l = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff);
|
|
|
5066 }
|
|
|
5067 else
|
|
|
5068 {
|
|
|
5069 STRCPY(NameBuff, file_to_find);
|
|
|
5070 run = 2;
|
|
|
5071 }
|
|
|
5072
|
|
|
5073 /* When the file doesn't exist, try adding parts of
|
|
|
5074 * 'suffixesadd'. */
|
|
|
5075 buf = curbuf->b_p_sua;
|
|
|
5076 for (;;)
|
|
|
5077 {
|
|
|
5078 if (
|
|
|
5079 #ifdef DJGPP
|
|
|
5080 /* "C:" by itself will fail for mch_getperm(),
|
|
|
5081 * assume it's always valid. */
|
|
|
5082 (need_dir && NameBuff[0] != NUL
|
|
|
5083 && NameBuff[1] == ':'
|
|
|
5084 && NameBuff[2] == NUL) ||
|
|
|
5085 #endif
|
|
|
5086 (mch_getperm(NameBuff) >= 0
|
|
|
5087 && (!need_dir || mch_isdir(NameBuff))))
|
|
|
5088 {
|
|
|
5089 file_name = vim_strsave(NameBuff);
|
|
|
5090 goto theend;
|
|
|
5091 }
|
|
|
5092 if (*buf == NUL)
|
|
|
5093 break;
|
|
|
5094 copy_option_part(&buf, NameBuff + l, MAXPATHL - l, ",");
|
|
|
5095 }
|
|
|
5096 }
|
|
|
5097 }
|
|
|
5098 }
|
|
|
5099 else
|
|
|
5100 {
|
|
|
5101 /*
|
|
|
5102 * Loop over all paths in the 'path' or 'cdpath' option.
|
|
|
5103 * When "first" is set, first setup to the start of the option.
|
|
|
5104 * Otherwise continue to find the next match.
|
|
|
5105 */
|
|
|
5106 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5107 {
|
|
|
5108 /* vim_findfile_free_visited can handle a possible NULL pointer */
|
|
|
5109 vim_findfile_free_visited(search_ctx);
|
|
|
5110 dir = path_option;
|
|
|
5111 did_findfile_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5112 }
|
|
|
5113
|
|
|
5114 for (;;)
|
|
|
5115 {
|
|
|
5116 if (did_findfile_init)
|
|
|
5117 {
|
|
|
5118 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_need_dir = need_dir;
|
|
|
5119 file_name = vim_findfile(search_ctx);
|
|
|
5120 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_need_dir = FALSE;
|
|
|
5121 if (file_name != NULL)
|
|
|
5122 break;
|
|
|
5123
|
|
|
5124 did_findfile_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5125 }
|
|
|
5126 else
|
|
|
5127 {
|
|
|
5128 char_u *r_ptr;
|
|
|
5129
|
|
|
5130 if (dir == NULL || *dir == NUL)
|
|
|
5131 {
|
|
|
5132 /* We searched all paths of the option, now we can
|
|
|
5133 * free the search context. */
|
|
|
5134 vim_findfile_cleanup(search_ctx);
|
|
|
5135 search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
|
5136 break;
|
|
|
5137 }
|
|
|
5138
|
|
|
5139 if ((buf = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5140 break;
|
|
|
5141
|
|
|
5142 /* copy next path */
|
|
|
5143 buf[0] = 0;
|
|
|
5144 copy_option_part(&dir, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,");
|
|
|
5145
|
|
|
5146 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5147 /* get the stopdir string */
|
|
|
5148 r_ptr = vim_findfile_stopdir(buf);
|
|
|
5149 #else
|
|
|
5150 r_ptr = NULL;
|
|
|
5151 #endif
|
|
|
5152 search_ctx = vim_findfile_init(buf, file_to_find, r_ptr, 100,
|
|
|
5153 FALSE, TRUE, search_ctx, FALSE, rel_fname);
|
|
|
5154 if (search_ctx != NULL)
|
|
|
5155 did_findfile_init = TRUE;
|
|
|
5156 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
5157 }
|
|
|
5158 }
|
|
|
5159 }
|
|
|
5160 if (file_name == NULL && (options & FNAME_MESS))
|
|
|
5161 {
|
|
|
5162 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5163 {
|
|
|
5164 if (need_dir)
|
|
|
5165 EMSG2(_("E344: Can't find directory \"%s\" in cdpath"),
|
|
|
5166 file_to_find);
|
|
|
5167 else
|
|
|
5168 EMSG2(_("E345: Can't find file \"%s\" in path"),
|
|
|
5169 file_to_find);
|
|
|
5170 }
|
|
|
5171 else
|
|
|
5172 {
|
|
|
5173 if (need_dir)
|
|
|
5174 EMSG2(_("E346: No more directory \"%s\" found in cdpath"),
|
|
|
5175 file_to_find);
|
|
|
5176 else
|
|
|
5177 EMSG2(_("E347: No more file \"%s\" found in path"),
|
|
|
5178 file_to_find);
|
|
|
5179 }
|
|
|
5180 }
|
|
|
5181
|
|
|
5182 theend:
|
|
|
5183 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
5184 proc->pr_WindowPtr = save_winptr;
|
|
|
5185 #endif
|
|
|
5186 return file_name;
|
|
|
5187 }
|
|
|
5188
|
|
|
5189 #endif /* FEAT_SEARCHPATH */
|
|
|
5190
|
|
|
5191 /*
|
|
|
5192 * Change directory to "new_dir". If FEAT_SEARCHPATH is defined, search
|
|
|
5193 * 'cdpath' for relative directory names, otherwise just mch_chdir().
|
|
|
5194 */
|
|
|
5195 int
|
|
|
5196 vim_chdir(new_dir)
|
|
|
5197 char_u *new_dir;
|
|
|
5198 {
|
|
|
5199 #ifndef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
5200 return mch_chdir((char *)new_dir);
|
|
|
5201 #else
|
|
|
5202 char_u *dir_name;
|
|
|
5203 int r;
|
|
|
5204
|
|
|
5205 dir_name = find_directory_in_path(new_dir, (int)STRLEN(new_dir),
|
|
|
5206 FNAME_MESS, curbuf->b_ffname);
|
|
|
5207 if (dir_name == NULL)
|
|
|
5208 return -1;
|
|
|
5209 r = mch_chdir((char *)dir_name);
|
|
|
5210 vim_free(dir_name);
|
|
|
5211 return r;
|
|
|
5212 #endif
|
|
|
5213 }
|
|
|
5214
|
|
|
5215 /*
|
|
|
5216 * Get user name from machine-specific function and cache it.
|
|
|
5217 * Returns the user name in "buf[len]".
|
|
|
5218 * Some systems are quite slow in obtaining the user name (Windows NT).
|
|
|
5219 * Returns OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
5220 */
|
|
|
5221 int
|
|
|
5222 get_user_name(buf, len)
|
|
|
5223 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
5224 int len;
|
|
|
5225 {
|
|
|
5226 static char_u *name = NULL;
|
|
|
5227
|
|
|
5228 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5229 {
|
|
|
5230 if (mch_get_user_name(buf, len) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5231 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5232 name = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
|
5233 }
|
|
|
5234 else
|
|
|
5235 STRNCPY(buf, name, len);
|
|
|
5236 return OK;
|
|
|
5237 }
|
|
|
5238
|
|
|
5239 #ifndef HAVE_QSORT
|
|
|
5240 /*
|
|
|
5241 * Our own qsort(), for systems that don't have it.
|
|
|
5242 * It's simple and slow. From the K&R C book.
|
|
|
5243 */
|
|
|
5244 void
|
|
|
5245 qsort(base, elm_count, elm_size, cmp)
|
|
|
5246 void *base;
|
|
|
5247 size_t elm_count;
|
|
|
5248 size_t elm_size;
|
|
|
5249 int (*cmp) __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
|
|
|
5250 {
|
|
|
5251 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
5252 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
5253 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
5254 int i, j;
|
|
|
5255 int gap;
|
|
|
5256
|
|
|
5257 buf = alloc((unsigned)elm_size);
|
|
|
5258 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
5259 return;
|
|
|
5260
|
|
|
5261 for (gap = elm_count / 2; gap > 0; gap /= 2)
|
|
|
5262 for (i = gap; i < elm_count; ++i)
|
|
|
5263 for (j = i - gap; j >= 0; j -= gap)
|
|
|
5264 {
|
|
|
5265 /* Compare the elements. */
|
|
|
5266 p1 = (char_u *)base + j * elm_size;
|
|
|
5267 p2 = (char_u *)base + (j + gap) * elm_size;
|
|
|
5268 if ((*cmp)((void *)p1, (void *)p2) <= 0)
|
|
|
5269 break;
|
|
|
5270 /* Exchange the elemets. */
|
|
|
5271 mch_memmove(buf, p1, elm_size);
|
|
|
5272 mch_memmove(p1, p2, elm_size);
|
|
|
5273 mch_memmove(p2, buf, elm_size);
|
|
|
5274 }
|
|
|
5275
|
|
|
5276 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
5277 }
|
|
|
5278 #endif
|
|
|
5279
|
|
236
|
5280 #if defined(FEAT_EX_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) \
|
|
|
5281 || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
5282 /*
|
|
|
5283 * Sort an array of strings.
|
|
|
5284 */
|
|
|
5285 static int
|
|
|
5286 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
5287 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
5288 #endif
|
|
|
5289 sort_compare __ARGS((const void *s1, const void *s2));
|
|
|
5290
|
|
|
5291 static int
|
|
|
5292 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
5293 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
5294 #endif
|
|
|
5295 sort_compare(s1, s2)
|
|
|
5296 const void *s1;
|
|
|
5297 const void *s2;
|
|
|
5298 {
|
|
|
5299 return STRCMP(*(char **)s1, *(char **)s2);
|
|
|
5300 }
|
|
|
5301
|
|
|
5302 void
|
|
|
5303 sort_strings(files, count)
|
|
|
5304 char_u **files;
|
|
|
5305 int count;
|
|
|
5306 {
|
|
|
5307 qsort((void *)files, (size_t)count, sizeof(char_u *), sort_compare);
|
|
|
5308 }
|
|
|
5309 #endif
|
|
|
5310
|
|
|
5311 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5312 /*
|
|
|
5313 * Compare path "p[]" to "q[]".
|
|
39
|
5314 * If "maxlen" >= 0 compare "p[maxlen]" to "q[maxlen]"
|
|
7
|
5315 * Return value like strcmp(p, q), but consider path separators.
|
|
|
5316 */
|
|
|
5317 int
|
|
39
|
5318 pathcmp(p, q, maxlen)
|
|
7
|
5319 const char *p, *q;
|
|
39
|
5320 int maxlen;
|
|
7
|
5321 {
|
|
|
5322 int i;
|
|
41
|
5323 const char *s = NULL;
|
|
7
|
5324
|
|
39
|
5325 for (i = 0; maxlen < 0 || i < maxlen; ++i)
|
|
7
|
5326 {
|
|
|
5327 /* End of "p": check if "q" also ends or just has a slash. */
|
|
|
5328 if (p[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
5329 {
|
|
|
5330 if (q[i] == NUL) /* full match */
|
|
|
5331 return 0;
|
|
|
5332 s = q;
|
|
|
5333 break;
|
|
|
5334 }
|
|
|
5335
|
|
|
5336 /* End of "q": check if "p" just has a slash. */
|
|
|
5337 if (q[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
5338 {
|
|
|
5339 s = p;
|
|
|
5340 break;
|
|
|
5341 }
|
|
|
5342
|
|
|
5343 if (
|
|
|
5344 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
5345 TOUPPER_LOC(p[i]) != TOUPPER_LOC(q[i])
|
|
|
5346 #else
|
|
|
5347 p[i] != q[i]
|
|
|
5348 #endif
|
|
|
5349 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
5350 /* consider '/' and '\\' to be equal */
|
|
|
5351 && !((p[i] == '/' && q[i] == '\\')
|
|
|
5352 || (p[i] == '\\' && q[i] == '/'))
|
|
|
5353 #endif
|
|
|
5354 )
|
|
|
5355 {
|
|
|
5356 if (vim_ispathsep(p[i]))
|
|
|
5357 return -1;
|
|
|
5358 if (vim_ispathsep(q[i]))
|
|
|
5359 return 1;
|
|
|
5360 return ((char_u *)p)[i] - ((char_u *)q)[i]; /* no match */
|
|
|
5361 }
|
|
|
5362 }
|
|
41
|
5363 if (s == NULL) /* "i" ran into "maxlen" */
|
|
|
5364 return 0;
|
|
7
|
5365
|
|
|
5366 /* ignore a trailing slash, but not "//" or ":/" */
|
|
41
|
5367 if (s[i + 1] == NUL
|
|
|
5368 && i > 0
|
|
|
5369 && !after_pathsep((char_u *)s, (char_u *)s + i)
|
|
7
|
5370 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
41
|
5371 && (s[i] == '/' || s[i] == '\\')
|
|
7
|
5372 #else
|
|
41
|
5373 && s[i] == '/'
|
|
7
|
5374 #endif
|
|
41
|
5375 )
|
|
7
|
5376 return 0; /* match with trailing slash */
|
|
|
5377 if (s == q)
|
|
|
5378 return -1; /* no match */
|
|
|
5379 return 1;
|
|
|
5380 }
|
|
|
5381 #endif
|
|
|
5382
|
|
|
5383 #if defined(FEAT_PRINTER) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5384 /*
|
|
|
5385 * Parse a list of options in the form
|
|
|
5386 * option:value,option:value,option:value
|
|
|
5387 *
|
|
|
5388 * "value" can start with a number which is parsed out, e.g.
|
|
|
5389 * margin:12mm
|
|
|
5390 *
|
|
|
5391 * Returns error message for an illegal option, NULL otherwise.
|
|
|
5392 * Only used for the printer at the moment...
|
|
|
5393 */
|
|
|
5394 char_u *
|
|
|
5395 parse_list_options(option_str, table, table_size)
|
|
|
5396 char_u *option_str;
|
|
|
5397 option_table_T *table;
|
|
|
5398 int table_size;
|
|
|
5399 {
|
|
|
5400 char_u *stringp;
|
|
|
5401 char_u *colonp;
|
|
|
5402 char_u *commap;
|
|
|
5403 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5404 int idx = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
5405 int len;
|
|
|
5406
|
|
|
5407 for (idx = 0; idx < table_size; ++idx)
|
|
|
5408 table[idx].present = FALSE;
|
|
|
5409
|
|
|
5410 /*
|
|
|
5411 * Repeat for all comma separated parts.
|
|
|
5412 */
|
|
|
5413 stringp = option_str;
|
|
|
5414 while (*stringp)
|
|
|
5415 {
|
|
|
5416 colonp = vim_strchr(stringp, ':');
|
|
|
5417 if (colonp == NULL)
|
|
|
5418 return (char_u *)N_("E550: Missing colon");
|
|
|
5419 commap = vim_strchr(stringp, ',');
|
|
|
5420 if (commap == NULL)
|
|
|
5421 commap = option_str + STRLEN(option_str);
|
|
|
5422
|
|
|
5423 len = (int)(colonp - stringp);
|
|
|
5424
|
|
|
5425 for (idx = 0; idx < table_size; ++idx)
|
|
|
5426 if (STRNICMP(stringp, table[idx].name, len) == 0)
|
|
|
5427 break;
|
|
|
5428
|
|
|
5429 if (idx == table_size)
|
|
|
5430 return (char_u *)N_("E551: Illegal component");
|
|
|
5431
|
|
|
5432 p = colonp + 1;
|
|
|
5433 table[idx].present = TRUE;
|
|
|
5434
|
|
|
5435 if (table[idx].hasnum)
|
|
|
5436 {
|
|
|
5437 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
|
|
|
5438 return (char_u *)N_("E552: digit expected");
|
|
|
5439
|
|
|
5440 table[idx].number = getdigits(&p); /*advances p*/
|
|
|
5441 }
|
|
|
5442
|
|
|
5443 table[idx].string = p;
|
|
|
5444 table[idx].strlen = (int)(commap - p);
|
|
|
5445
|
|
|
5446 stringp = commap;
|
|
|
5447 if (*stringp == ',')
|
|
|
5448 ++stringp;
|
|
|
5449 }
|
|
|
5450
|
|
|
5451 return NULL;
|
|
|
5452 }
|
|
|
5453
|
|
|
5454
|
|
|
5455 #endif /*FEAT_PRINTER*/
|
|
|
5456
|
|
|
5457 /*
|
|
|
5458 * The putenv() implementation below comes from the "screen" program.
|
|
|
5459 * Included with permission from Juergen Weigert.
|
|
|
5460 * See pty.c for the copyright notice.
|
|
|
5461 */
|
|
|
5462
|
|
|
5463 /*
|
|
|
5464 * putenv -- put value into environment
|
|
|
5465 *
|
|
|
5466 * Usage: i = putenv (string)
|
|
|
5467 * int i;
|
|
|
5468 * char *string;
|
|
|
5469 *
|
|
|
5470 * where string is of the form <name>=<value>.
|
|
|
5471 * Putenv returns 0 normally, -1 on error (not enough core for malloc).
|
|
|
5472 *
|
|
|
5473 * Putenv may need to add a new name into the environment, or to
|
|
|
5474 * associate a value longer than the current value with a particular
|
|
|
5475 * name. So, to make life simpler, putenv() copies your entire
|
|
|
5476 * environment into the heap (i.e. malloc()) from the stack
|
|
|
5477 * (i.e. where it resides when your process is initiated) the first
|
|
|
5478 * time you call it.
|
|
|
5479 *
|
|
|
5480 * (history removed, not very interesting. See the "screen" sources.)
|
|
|
5481 */
|
|
|
5482
|
|
|
5483 #if !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV)
|
|
|
5484
|
|
|
5485 #define EXTRASIZE 5 /* increment to add to env. size */
|
|
|
5486
|
|
|
5487 static int envsize = -1; /* current size of environment */
|
|
|
5488 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
|
|
|
5489 extern
|
|
|
5490 #endif
|
|
|
5491 char **environ; /* the global which is your env. */
|
|
|
5492
|
|
|
5493 static int findenv __ARGS((char *name)); /* look for a name in the env. */
|
|
|
5494 static int newenv __ARGS((void)); /* copy env. from stack to heap */
|
|
|
5495 static int moreenv __ARGS((void)); /* incr. size of env. */
|
|
|
5496
|
|
|
5497 int
|
|
|
5498 putenv(string)
|
|
|
5499 const char *string;
|
|
|
5500 {
|
|
|
5501 int i;
|
|
|
5502 char *p;
|
|
|
5503
|
|
|
5504 if (envsize < 0)
|
|
|
5505 { /* first time putenv called */
|
|
|
5506 if (newenv() < 0) /* copy env. to heap */
|
|
|
5507 return -1;
|
|
|
5508 }
|
|
|
5509
|
|
|
5510 i = findenv((char *)string); /* look for name in environment */
|
|
|
5511
|
|
|
5512 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
5513 { /* name must be added */
|
|
|
5514 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++);
|
|
|
5515 if (i >= (envsize - 1))
|
|
|
5516 { /* need new slot */
|
|
|
5517 if (moreenv() < 0)
|
|
|
5518 return -1;
|
|
|
5519 }
|
|
|
5520 p = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(string) + 1));
|
|
|
5521 if (p == NULL) /* not enough core */
|
|
|
5522 return -1;
|
|
|
5523 environ[i + 1] = 0; /* new end of env. */
|
|
|
5524 }
|
|
|
5525 else
|
|
|
5526 { /* name already in env. */
|
|
|
5527 p = vim_realloc(environ[i], strlen(string) + 1);
|
|
|
5528 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5529 return -1;
|
|
|
5530 }
|
|
|
5531 sprintf(p, "%s", string); /* copy into env. */
|
|
|
5532 environ[i] = p;
|
|
|
5533
|
|
|
5534 return 0;
|
|
|
5535 }
|
|
|
5536
|
|
|
5537 static int
|
|
|
5538 findenv(name)
|
|
|
5539 char *name;
|
|
|
5540 {
|
|
|
5541 char *namechar, *envchar;
|
|
|
5542 int i, found;
|
|
|
5543
|
|
|
5544 found = 0;
|
|
|
5545 for (i = 0; environ[i] && !found; i++)
|
|
|
5546 {
|
|
|
5547 envchar = environ[i];
|
|
|
5548 namechar = name;
|
|
|
5549 while (*namechar && *namechar != '=' && (*namechar == *envchar))
|
|
|
5550 {
|
|
|
5551 namechar++;
|
|
|
5552 envchar++;
|
|
|
5553 }
|
|
|
5554 found = ((*namechar == '\0' || *namechar == '=') && *envchar == '=');
|
|
|
5555 }
|
|
|
5556 return found ? i - 1 : -1;
|
|
|
5557 }
|
|
|
5558
|
|
|
5559 static int
|
|
|
5560 newenv()
|
|
|
5561 {
|
|
|
5562 char **env, *elem;
|
|
|
5563 int i, esize;
|
|
|
5564
|
|
|
5565 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
5566 /* for Mac a new, empty environment is created */
|
|
|
5567 i = 0;
|
|
|
5568 #else
|
|
|
5569 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++)
|
|
|
5570 ;
|
|
|
5571 #endif
|
|
|
5572 esize = i + EXTRASIZE + 1;
|
|
|
5573 env = (char **)alloc((unsigned)(esize * sizeof (elem)));
|
|
|
5574 if (env == NULL)
|
|
|
5575 return -1;
|
|
|
5576
|
|
|
5577 #ifndef MACOS
|
|
|
5578 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++)
|
|
|
5579 {
|
|
|
5580 elem = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(environ[i]) + 1));
|
|
|
5581 if (elem == NULL)
|
|
|
5582 return -1;
|
|
|
5583 env[i] = elem;
|
|
|
5584 strcpy(elem, environ[i]);
|
|
|
5585 }
|
|
|
5586 #endif
|
|
|
5587
|
|
|
5588 env[i] = 0;
|
|
|
5589 environ = env;
|
|
|
5590 envsize = esize;
|
|
|
5591 return 0;
|
|
|
5592 }
|
|
|
5593
|
|
|
5594 static int
|
|
|
5595 moreenv()
|
|
|
5596 {
|
|
|
5597 int esize;
|
|
|
5598 char **env;
|
|
|
5599
|
|
|
5600 esize = envsize + EXTRASIZE;
|
|
|
5601 env = (char **)vim_realloc((char *)environ, esize * sizeof (*env));
|
|
|
5602 if (env == 0)
|
|
|
5603 return -1;
|
|
|
5604 environ = env;
|
|
|
5605 envsize = esize;
|
|
|
5606 return 0;
|
|
|
5607 }
|
|
|
5608
|
|
|
5609 # ifdef USE_VIMPTY_GETENV
|
|
|
5610 char_u *
|
|
|
5611 vimpty_getenv(string)
|
|
|
5612 const char_u *string;
|
|
|
5613 {
|
|
|
5614 int i;
|
|
|
5615 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5616
|
|
|
5617 if (envsize < 0)
|
|
|
5618 return NULL;
|
|
|
5619
|
|
|
5620 i = findenv((char *)string);
|
|
|
5621
|
|
|
5622 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
5623 return NULL;
|
|
|
5624
|
|
|
5625 p = vim_strchr((char_u *)environ[i], '=');
|
|
|
5626 return (p + 1);
|
|
|
5627 }
|
|
|
5628 # endif
|
|
|
5629
|
|
|
5630 #endif /* !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV) */
|
|
313
|
5631
|
|
|
5632 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5633 /*
|
|
|
5634 * Return 0 for not writable, 1 for writable file, 2 for a dir which we have
|
|
|
5635 * rights to write into.
|
|
|
5636 */
|
|
|
5637 int
|
|
|
5638 filewritable(fname)
|
|
|
5639 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
5640 {
|
|
|
5641 int retval = 0;
|
|
|
5642 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
|
|
|
5643 int perm = 0;
|
|
|
5644 #endif
|
|
|
5645
|
|
|
5646 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
|
|
|
5647 perm = mch_getperm(fname);
|
|
|
5648 #endif
|
|
|
5649 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC /* TODO: get either mch_writable or mch_access */
|
|
|
5650 if (
|
|
|
5651 # ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
5652 mch_writable(fname) &&
|
|
|
5653 # else
|
|
|
5654 # if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
|
|
|
5655 (perm & 0222) &&
|
|
|
5656 # endif
|
|
|
5657 # endif
|
|
|
5658 mch_access((char *)fname, W_OK) == 0
|
|
|
5659 )
|
|
|
5660 #endif
|
|
|
5661 {
|
|
|
5662 ++retval;
|
|
|
5663 if (mch_isdir(fname))
|
|
|
5664 ++retval;
|
|
|
5665 }
|
|
|
5666 return retval;
|
|
|
5667 }
|
|
|
5668 #endif
|
